LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/misc - guc.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 19devel Lines: 1849 2232 82.8 %
Date: 2025-12-03 22:17:38 Functions: 96 99 97.0 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*--------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  * guc.c
       3             :  *
       4             :  * Support for grand unified configuration scheme, including SET
       5             :  * command, configuration file, and command line options.
       6             :  *
       7             :  * This file contains the generic option processing infrastructure.
       8             :  * guc_funcs.c contains SQL-level functionality, including SET/SHOW
       9             :  * commands and various system-administration SQL functions.
      10             :  * guc_tables.c contains the arrays that define all the built-in
      11             :  * GUC variables.  Code that implements variable-specific behavior
      12             :  * is scattered around the system in check, assign, and show hooks.
      13             :  *
      14             :  * See src/backend/utils/misc/README for more information.
      15             :  *
      16             :  *
      17             :  * Copyright (c) 2000-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
      18             :  * Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
      19             :  *
      20             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      21             :  *    src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c
      22             :  *
      23             :  *--------------------------------------------------------------------
      24             :  */
      25             : #include "postgres.h"
      26             : 
      27             : #include <limits.h>
      28             : #include <math.h>
      29             : #include <sys/stat.h>
      30             : #include <unistd.h>
      31             : 
      32             : #include "access/xact.h"
      33             : #include "access/xlog.h"
      34             : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      35             : #include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
      36             : #include "catalog/pg_parameter_acl.h"
      37             : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      38             : #include "guc_internal.h"
      39             : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
      40             : #include "libpq/protocol.h"
      41             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      42             : #include "parser/scansup.h"
      43             : #include "port/pg_bitutils.h"
      44             : #include "storage/fd.h"
      45             : #include "storage/lwlock.h"
      46             : #include "storage/shmem.h"
      47             : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
      48             : #include "utils/acl.h"
      49             : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      50             : #include "utils/conffiles.h"
      51             : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
      52             : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      53             : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
      54             : 
      55             : 
      56             : #define CONFIG_FILENAME "postgresql.conf"
      57             : #define HBA_FILENAME    "pg_hba.conf"
      58             : #define IDENT_FILENAME  "pg_ident.conf"
      59             : 
      60             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
      61             : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS "global/config_exec_params"
      62             : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW "global/config_exec_params.new"
      63             : #endif
      64             : 
      65             : /*
      66             :  * Precision with which REAL type guc values are to be printed for GUC
      67             :  * serialization.
      68             :  */
      69             : #define REALTYPE_PRECISION 17
      70             : 
      71             : /*
      72             :  * Safe search path when executing code as the table owner, such as during
      73             :  * maintenance operations.
      74             :  */
      75             : #define GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH "pg_catalog, pg_temp"
      76             : 
      77             : static int  GUC_check_errcode_value;
      78             : 
      79             : static List *reserved_class_prefix = NIL;
      80             : 
      81             : /* global variables for check hook support */
      82             : char       *GUC_check_errmsg_string;
      83             : char       *GUC_check_errdetail_string;
      84             : char       *GUC_check_errhint_string;
      85             : 
      86             : 
      87             : /*
      88             :  * Unit conversion tables.
      89             :  *
      90             :  * There are two tables, one for memory units, and another for time units.
      91             :  * For each supported conversion from one unit to another, we have an entry
      92             :  * in the table.
      93             :  *
      94             :  * To keep things simple, and to avoid possible roundoff error,
      95             :  * conversions are never chained.  There needs to be a direct conversion
      96             :  * between all units (of the same type).
      97             :  *
      98             :  * The conversions for each base unit must be kept in order from greatest to
      99             :  * smallest human-friendly unit; convert_xxx_from_base_unit() rely on that.
     100             :  * (The order of the base-unit groups does not matter.)
     101             :  */
     102             : #define MAX_UNIT_LEN        3   /* length of longest recognized unit string */
     103             : 
     104             : typedef struct
     105             : {
     106             :     char        unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1]; /* unit, as a string, like "kB" or
     107             :                                          * "min" */
     108             :     int         base_unit;      /* GUC_UNIT_XXX */
     109             :     double      multiplier;     /* Factor for converting unit -> base_unit */
     110             : } unit_conversion;
     111             : 
     112             : /* Ensure that the constants in the tables don't overflow or underflow */
     113             : #if BLCKSZ < 1024 || BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     114             : #error BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     115             : #endif
     116             : #if XLOG_BLCKSZ < 1024 || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     117             : #error XLOG_BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     118             : #endif
     119             : 
     120             : static const char *const memory_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"B\", \"kB\", \"MB\", \"GB\", and \"TB\".");
     121             : 
     122             : static const unit_conversion memory_unit_conversion_table[] =
     123             : {
     124             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     125             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     126             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     127             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0},
     128             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1.0},
     129             : 
     130             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     131             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     132             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0},
     133             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0},
     134             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     135             : 
     136             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     137             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0},
     138             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0},
     139             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     140             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / (1024.0 * 1024.0)},
     141             : 
     142             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     143             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     144             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1024.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     145             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     146             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / BLCKSZ},
     147             : 
     148             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     149             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     150             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1024.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     151             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     152             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / XLOG_BLCKSZ},
     153             : 
     154             :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     155             : };
     156             : 
     157             : static const char *const time_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"us\", \"ms\", \"s\", \"min\", \"h\", and \"d\".");
     158             : 
     159             : static const unit_conversion time_unit_conversion_table[] =
     160             : {
     161             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24},
     162             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60},
     163             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60},
     164             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000},
     165             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1},
     166             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1.0 / 1000},
     167             : 
     168             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60 * 24},
     169             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60},
     170             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_S, 60},
     171             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_S, 1},
     172             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / 1000},
     173             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000)},
     174             : 
     175             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60 * 24},
     176             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60},
     177             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1},
     178             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / 60},
     179             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 60)},
     180             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000 * 60)},
     181             : 
     182             :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     183             : };
     184             : 
     185             : /*
     186             :  * To allow continued support of obsolete names for GUC variables, we apply
     187             :  * the following mappings to any unrecognized name.  Note that an old name
     188             :  * should be mapped to a new one only if the new variable has very similar
     189             :  * semantics to the old.
     190             :  */
     191             : static const char *const map_old_guc_names[] = {
     192             :     "sort_mem", "work_mem",
     193             :     "vacuum_mem", "maintenance_work_mem",
     194             :     "ssl_ecdh_curve", "ssl_groups",
     195             :     NULL
     196             : };
     197             : 
     198             : 
     199             : /* Memory context holding all GUC-related data */
     200             : static MemoryContext GUCMemoryContext;
     201             : 
     202             : /*
     203             :  * We use a dynahash table to look up GUCs by name, or to iterate through
     204             :  * all the GUCs.  The gucname field is redundant with gucvar->name, but
     205             :  * dynahash makes it too painful to not store the hash key separately.
     206             :  */
     207             : typedef struct
     208             : {
     209             :     const char *gucname;        /* hash key */
     210             :     struct config_generic *gucvar;  /* -> GUC's defining structure */
     211             : } GUCHashEntry;
     212             : 
     213             : static HTAB *guc_hashtab;       /* entries are GUCHashEntrys */
     214             : 
     215             : /*
     216             :  * In addition to the hash table, variables having certain properties are
     217             :  * linked into these lists, so that we can find them without scanning the
     218             :  * whole hash table.  In most applications, only a small fraction of the
     219             :  * GUCs appear in these lists at any given time.  The usage of the stack
     220             :  * and report lists is stylized enough that they can be slists, but the
     221             :  * nondef list has to be a dlist to avoid O(N) deletes in common cases.
     222             :  */
     223             : static dlist_head guc_nondef_list;  /* list of variables that have source
     224             :                                      * different from PGC_S_DEFAULT */
     225             : static slist_head guc_stack_list;   /* list of variables that have non-NULL
     226             :                                      * stack */
     227             : static slist_head guc_report_list;  /* list of variables that have the
     228             :                                      * GUC_NEEDS_REPORT bit set in status */
     229             : 
     230             : static bool reporting_enabled;  /* true to enable GUC_REPORT */
     231             : 
     232             : static int  GUCNestLevel = 0;   /* 1 when in main transaction */
     233             : 
     234             : 
     235             : static int  guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
     236             : static uint32 guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
     237             : static int  guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize);
     238             : static void InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void);
     239             : static void InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf);
     240             : static void RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf);
     241             : static void set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource);
     242             : static void pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void);
     243             : static void push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action);
     244             : static void ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record);
     245             : static void set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile,
     246             :                                   int sourceline);
     247             : static void reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
     248             :                                    struct config_generic *pHolder,
     249             :                                    GucStack *stack,
     250             :                                    const char *curvalue,
     251             :                                    GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
     252             :                                    Oid cursrole);
     253             : static void free_placeholder(struct config_generic *pHolder);
     254             : static bool validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
     255             :                                        bool skipIfNoPermissions);
     256             : static void write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head);
     257             : static void replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
     258             :                                       const char *name, const char *value);
     259             : static bool valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name);
     260             : static bool assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors,
     261             :                                             int elevel);
     262             : static void do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
     263             :                          const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(3, 4);
     264             : static bool call_bool_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, bool *newval,
     265             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     266             : static bool call_int_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval,
     267             :                                 void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     268             : static bool call_real_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, double *newval,
     269             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     270             : static bool call_string_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, char **newval,
     271             :                                    void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     272             : static bool call_enum_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval,
     273             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     274             : 
     275             : 
     276             : /*
     277             :  * This function handles both actual config file (re)loads and execution of
     278             :  * show_all_file_settings() (i.e., the pg_file_settings view).  In the latter
     279             :  * case we don't apply any of the settings, but we make all the usual validity
     280             :  * checks, and we return the ConfigVariable list so that it can be printed out
     281             :  * by show_all_file_settings().
     282             :  */
     283             : ConfigVariable *
     284        5908 : ProcessConfigFileInternal(GucContext context, bool applySettings, int elevel)
     285             : {
     286        5908 :     bool        error = false;
     287        5908 :     bool        applying = false;
     288             :     const char *ConfFileWithError;
     289             :     ConfigVariable *head,
     290             :                *tail;
     291             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     292             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     293             : 
     294             :     /* Parse the main config file into a list of option names and values */
     295        5908 :     ConfFileWithError = ConfigFileName;
     296        5908 :     head = tail = NULL;
     297             : 
     298        5908 :     if (!ParseConfigFile(ConfigFileName, true,
     299             :                          NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     300             :                          &head, &tail))
     301             :     {
     302             :         /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     303           0 :         error = true;
     304           0 :         goto bail_out;
     305             :     }
     306             : 
     307             :     /*
     308             :      * Parse the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, if present, after the main file to
     309             :      * replace any parameters set by ALTER SYSTEM command.  Because this file
     310             :      * is in the data directory, we can't read it until the DataDir has been
     311             :      * set.
     312             :      */
     313        5908 :     if (DataDir)
     314             :     {
     315        3678 :         if (!ParseConfigFile(PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME, false,
     316             :                              NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     317             :                              &head, &tail))
     318             :         {
     319             :             /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     320           0 :             error = true;
     321           0 :             ConfFileWithError = PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME;
     322           0 :             goto bail_out;
     323             :         }
     324             :     }
     325             :     else
     326             :     {
     327             :         /*
     328             :          * If DataDir is not set, the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file cannot be
     329             :          * read.  In this case, we don't want to accept any settings but
     330             :          * data_directory from postgresql.conf, because they might be
     331             :          * overwritten with settings in the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file which
     332             :          * will be read later. OTOH, since data_directory isn't allowed in the
     333             :          * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, it will never be overwritten later.
     334             :          */
     335        2230 :         ConfigVariable *newlist = NULL;
     336             : 
     337             :         /*
     338             :          * Prune all items except the last "data_directory" from the list.
     339             :          */
     340       61332 :         for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item; item = item->next)
     341             :         {
     342       59102 :             if (!item->ignore &&
     343       59102 :                 strcmp(item->name, "data_directory") == 0)
     344           0 :                 newlist = item;
     345             :         }
     346             : 
     347        2230 :         if (newlist)
     348           0 :             newlist->next = NULL;
     349        2230 :         head = tail = newlist;
     350             : 
     351             :         /*
     352             :          * Quick exit if data_directory is not present in file.
     353             :          *
     354             :          * We need not do any further processing, in particular we don't set
     355             :          * PgReloadTime; that will be set soon by subsequent full loading of
     356             :          * the config file.
     357             :          */
     358        2230 :         if (head == NULL)
     359        2230 :             goto bail_out;
     360             :     }
     361             : 
     362             :     /*
     363             :      * Mark all extant GUC variables as not present in the config file. We
     364             :      * need this so that we can tell below which ones have been removed from
     365             :      * the file since we last processed it.
     366             :      */
     367        3678 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     368     1515462 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     369             :     {
     370     1511784 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     371             : 
     372     1511784 :         gconf->status &= ~GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     373             :     }
     374             : 
     375             :     /*
     376             :      * Check if all the supplied option names are valid, as an additional
     377             :      * quasi-syntactic check on the validity of the config file.  It is
     378             :      * important that the postmaster and all backends agree on the results of
     379             :      * this phase, else we will have strange inconsistencies about which
     380             :      * processes accept a config file update and which don't.  Hence, unknown
     381             :      * custom variable names have to be accepted without complaint.  For the
     382             :      * same reason, we don't attempt to validate the options' values here.
     383             :      *
     384             :      * In addition, the GUC_IS_IN_FILE flag is set on each existing GUC
     385             :      * variable mentioned in the file; and we detect duplicate entries in the
     386             :      * file and mark the earlier occurrences as ignorable.
     387             :      */
     388      113536 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item; item = item->next)
     389             :     {
     390             :         struct config_generic *record;
     391             : 
     392             :         /* Ignore anything already marked as ignorable */
     393      109858 :         if (item->ignore)
     394           0 :             continue;
     395             : 
     396             :         /*
     397             :          * Try to find the variable; but do not create a custom placeholder if
     398             :          * it's not there already.
     399             :          */
     400      109858 :         record = find_option(item->name, false, true, elevel);
     401             : 
     402      109858 :         if (record)
     403             :         {
     404             :             /* If it's already marked, then this is a duplicate entry */
     405      109794 :             if (record->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE)
     406             :             {
     407             :                 /*
     408             :                  * Mark the earlier occurrence(s) as dead/ignorable.  We could
     409             :                  * avoid the O(N^2) behavior here with some additional state,
     410             :                  * but it seems unlikely to be worth the trouble.
     411             :                  */
     412      387620 :                 for (ConfigVariable *pitem = head; pitem != item; pitem = pitem->next)
     413             :                 {
     414      375498 :                     if (!pitem->ignore &&
     415      333520 :                         strcmp(pitem->name, item->name) == 0)
     416       12122 :                         pitem->ignore = true;
     417             :                 }
     418             :             }
     419             :             /* Now mark it as present in file */
     420      109794 :             record->status |= GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     421             :         }
     422          64 :         else if (!valid_custom_variable_name(item->name))
     423             :         {
     424             :             /* Invalid non-custom variable, so complain */
     425           2 :             ereport(elevel,
     426             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
     427             :                      errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\" in file \"%s\" line %d",
     428             :                             item->name,
     429             :                             item->filename, item->sourceline)));
     430           2 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("unrecognized configuration parameter");
     431           2 :             error = true;
     432           2 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     433             :         }
     434             :     }
     435             : 
     436             :     /*
     437             :      * If we've detected any errors so far, we don't want to risk applying any
     438             :      * changes.
     439             :      */
     440        3678 :     if (error)
     441           2 :         goto bail_out;
     442             : 
     443             :     /* Otherwise, set flag that we're beginning to apply changes */
     444        3676 :     applying = true;
     445             : 
     446             :     /*
     447             :      * Check for variables having been removed from the config file, and
     448             :      * revert their reset values (and perhaps also effective values) to the
     449             :      * boot-time defaults.  If such a variable can't be changed after startup,
     450             :      * report that and continue.
     451             :      */
     452        3676 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     453     1514638 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     454             :     {
     455     1510962 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     456             : 
     457     1510962 :         if (gconf->reset_source != PGC_S_FILE ||
     458       43218 :             (gconf->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE))
     459     1510958 :             continue;
     460           4 :         if (gconf->context < PGC_SIGHUP)
     461             :         {
     462             :             /* The removal can't be effective without a restart */
     463           0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
     464           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     465             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
     466             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     467             :                             gconf->name)));
     468           0 :             record_config_file_error(psprintf("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     469             :                                               gconf->name),
     470             :                                      NULL, 0,
     471             :                                      &head, &tail);
     472           0 :             error = true;
     473           0 :             continue;
     474             :         }
     475             : 
     476             :         /* No more to do if we're just doing show_all_file_settings() */
     477           4 :         if (!applySettings)
     478           0 :             continue;
     479             : 
     480             :         /*
     481             :          * Reset any "file" sources to "default", else set_config_option will
     482             :          * not override those settings.
     483             :          */
     484           4 :         if (gconf->reset_source == PGC_S_FILE)
     485           4 :             gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     486           4 :         if (gconf->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     487           4 :             set_guc_source(gconf, PGC_S_DEFAULT);
     488           4 :         for (GucStack *stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     489             :         {
     490           0 :             if (stack->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     491           0 :                 stack->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     492             :         }
     493             : 
     494             :         /* Now we can re-apply the wired-in default (i.e., the boot_val) */
     495           4 :         if (set_config_option(gconf->name, NULL,
     496             :                               context, PGC_S_DEFAULT,
     497             :                               GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false) > 0)
     498             :         {
     499             :             /* Log the change if appropriate */
     500           4 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
     501           4 :                 ereport(elevel,
     502             :                         (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" removed from configuration file, reset to default",
     503             :                                 gconf->name)));
     504             :         }
     505             :     }
     506             : 
     507             :     /*
     508             :      * Restore any variables determined by environment variables or
     509             :      * dynamically-computed defaults.  This is a no-op except in the case
     510             :      * where one of these had been in the config file and is now removed.
     511             :      *
     512             :      * In particular, we *must not* do this during the postmaster's initial
     513             :      * loading of the file, since the timezone functions in particular should
     514             :      * be run only after initialization is complete.
     515             :      *
     516             :      * XXX this is an unmaintainable crock, because we have to know how to set
     517             :      * (or at least what to call to set) every non-PGC_INTERNAL variable that
     518             :      * could potentially have PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR source.
     519             :      */
     520        3676 :     if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings)
     521             :     {
     522        1442 :         InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
     523        1442 :         pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
     524             :         /* this selects SQL_ASCII in processes not connected to a database */
     525        1442 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", GetDatabaseEncodingName(),
     526             :                         PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
     527             :     }
     528             : 
     529             :     /*
     530             :      * Now apply the values from the config file.
     531             :      */
     532      113502 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item; item = item->next)
     533             :     {
     534      109828 :         char       *pre_value = NULL;
     535             :         int         scres;
     536             : 
     537             :         /* Ignore anything marked as ignorable */
     538      109828 :         if (item->ignore)
     539       12122 :             continue;
     540             : 
     541             :         /* In SIGHUP cases in the postmaster, we want to report changes */
     542       97706 :         if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings && !IsUnderPostmaster)
     543             :         {
     544        8322 :             const char *preval = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     545             : 
     546             :             /* If option doesn't exist yet or is NULL, treat as empty string */
     547        8322 :             if (!preval)
     548           2 :                 preval = "";
     549             :             /* must dup, else might have dangling pointer below */
     550        8322 :             pre_value = pstrdup(preval);
     551             :         }
     552             : 
     553       97706 :         scres = set_config_option(item->name, item->value,
     554             :                                   context, PGC_S_FILE,
     555             :                                   GUC_ACTION_SET, applySettings, 0, false);
     556       97704 :         if (scres > 0)
     557             :         {
     558             :             /* variable was updated, so log the change if appropriate */
     559       80936 :             if (pre_value)
     560             :             {
     561        5278 :                 const char *post_value = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     562             : 
     563        5278 :                 if (!post_value)
     564           0 :                     post_value = "";
     565        5278 :                 if (strcmp(pre_value, post_value) != 0)
     566         212 :                     ereport(elevel,
     567             :                             (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" changed to \"%s\"",
     568             :                                     item->name, item->value)));
     569             :             }
     570       80936 :             item->applied = true;
     571             :         }
     572       16768 :         else if (scres == 0)
     573             :         {
     574           6 :             error = true;
     575           6 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("setting could not be applied");
     576           6 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     577             :         }
     578             :         else
     579             :         {
     580             :             /* no error, but variable's active value was not changed */
     581       16762 :             item->applied = true;
     582             :         }
     583             : 
     584             :         /*
     585             :          * We should update source location unless there was an error, since
     586             :          * even if the active value didn't change, the reset value might have.
     587             :          * (In the postmaster, there won't be a difference, but it does matter
     588             :          * in backends.)
     589             :          */
     590       97704 :         if (scres != 0 && applySettings)
     591       97536 :             set_config_sourcefile(item->name, item->filename,
     592             :                                   item->sourceline);
     593             : 
     594       97704 :         if (pre_value)
     595        8322 :             pfree(pre_value);
     596             :     }
     597             : 
     598             :     /* Remember when we last successfully loaded the config file. */
     599        3674 :     if (applySettings)
     600        3668 :         PgReloadTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
     601             : 
     602           6 : bail_out:
     603        5906 :     if (error && applySettings)
     604             :     {
     605             :         /* During postmaster startup, any error is fatal */
     606           8 :         if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER)
     607           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
     608             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     609             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors",
     610             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     611           0 :         else if (applying)
     612           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     613             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     614             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; unaffected changes were applied",
     615             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     616             :         else
     617           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     618             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     619             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; no changes were applied",
     620             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     621             :     }
     622             : 
     623             :     /* Successful or otherwise, return the collected data list */
     624        5898 :     return head;
     625             : }
     626             : 
     627             : 
     628             : /*
     629             :  * Some infrastructure for GUC-related memory allocation
     630             :  *
     631             :  * These functions are generally modeled on libc's malloc/realloc/etc,
     632             :  * but any OOM issue is reported at the specified elevel.
     633             :  * (Thus, control returns only if that's less than ERROR.)
     634             :  */
     635             : void *
     636     1757934 : guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
     637             : {
     638             :     void       *data;
     639             : 
     640     1757934 :     data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     641             :                                       MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     642     1757934 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     643           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     644             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     645             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     646     1757934 :     return data;
     647             : }
     648             : 
     649             : void *
     650           0 : guc_realloc(int elevel, void *old, size_t size)
     651             : {
     652             :     void       *data;
     653             : 
     654           0 :     if (old != NULL)
     655             :     {
     656             :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     657             :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(old) == GUCMemoryContext);
     658           0 :         data = repalloc_extended(old, size,
     659             :                                  MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     660             :     }
     661             :     else
     662             :     {
     663             :         /* Like realloc(3), but not like repalloc(), we allow old == NULL. */
     664           0 :         data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     665             :                                           MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     666             :     }
     667           0 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     668           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     669             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     670             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     671           0 :     return data;
     672             : }
     673             : 
     674             : char *
     675     1493170 : guc_strdup(int elevel, const char *src)
     676             : {
     677             :     char       *data;
     678     1493170 :     size_t      len = strlen(src) + 1;
     679             : 
     680     1493170 :     data = guc_malloc(elevel, len);
     681     1493170 :     if (likely(data != NULL))
     682     1493170 :         memcpy(data, src, len);
     683     1493170 :     return data;
     684             : }
     685             : 
     686             : void
     687     1634316 : guc_free(void *ptr)
     688             : {
     689             :     /*
     690             :      * Historically, GUC-related code has relied heavily on the ability to do
     691             :      * free(NULL), so we allow that here even though pfree() doesn't.
     692             :      */
     693     1634316 :     if (ptr != NULL)
     694             :     {
     695             :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     696             :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(ptr) == GUCMemoryContext);
     697      983506 :         pfree(ptr);
     698             :     }
     699     1634316 : }
     700             : 
     701             : 
     702             : /*
     703             :  * Detect whether strval is referenced anywhere in a GUC string item
     704             :  */
     705             : static bool
     706     2308394 : string_field_used(struct config_generic *conf, char *strval)
     707             : {
     708     2308394 :     if (strval == *(conf->_string.variable) ||
     709     1269358 :         strval == conf->_string.reset_val ||
     710      710232 :         strval == conf->_string.boot_val)
     711     1598162 :         return true;
     712     1113630 :     for (GucStack *stack = conf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     713             :     {
     714      487394 :         if (strval == stack->prior.val.stringval ||
     715      403404 :             strval == stack->masked.val.stringval)
     716       83996 :             return true;
     717             :     }
     718      626236 :     return false;
     719             : }
     720             : 
     721             : /*
     722             :  * Support for assigning to a field of a string GUC item.  Free the prior
     723             :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     724             :  * states).
     725             :  */
     726             : static void
     727     2457534 : set_string_field(struct config_generic *conf, char **field, char *newval)
     728             : {
     729     2457534 :     char       *oldval = *field;
     730             : 
     731             :     /* Do the assignment */
     732     2457534 :     *field = newval;
     733             : 
     734             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     735     2457534 :     if (oldval && !string_field_used(conf, oldval))
     736      621636 :         guc_free(oldval);
     737     2457534 : }
     738             : 
     739             : /*
     740             :  * Detect whether an "extra" struct is referenced anywhere in a GUC item
     741             :  */
     742             : static bool
     743      432318 : extra_field_used(struct config_generic *gconf, void *extra)
     744             : {
     745      432318 :     if (extra == gconf->extra)
     746      174254 :         return true;
     747      258064 :     if (extra == gconf->reset_extra)
     748      126958 :         return true;
     749      146226 :     for (GucStack *stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     750             :     {
     751       21256 :         if (extra == stack->prior.extra ||
     752       15126 :             extra == stack->masked.extra)
     753        6136 :             return true;
     754             :     }
     755             : 
     756      124970 :     return false;
     757             : }
     758             : 
     759             : /*
     760             :  * Support for assigning to an "extra" field of a GUC item.  Free the prior
     761             :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     762             :  * states).
     763             :  */
     764             : static void
     765     3268108 : set_extra_field(struct config_generic *gconf, void **field, void *newval)
     766             : {
     767     3268108 :     void       *oldval = *field;
     768             : 
     769             :     /* Do the assignment */
     770     3268108 :     *field = newval;
     771             : 
     772             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     773     3268108 :     if (oldval && !extra_field_used(gconf, oldval))
     774      124450 :         guc_free(oldval);
     775     3268108 : }
     776             : 
     777             : /*
     778             :  * Support for copying a variable's active value into a stack entry.
     779             :  * The "extra" field associated with the active value is copied, too.
     780             :  *
     781             :  * NB: be sure stringval and extra fields of a new stack entry are
     782             :  * initialized to NULL before this is used, else we'll try to guc_free() them.
     783             :  */
     784             : static void
     785      449780 : set_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     786             : {
     787      449780 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     788             :     {
     789       18252 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     790       18252 :             val->val.boolval = *gconf->_bool.variable;
     791       18252 :             break;
     792       21954 :         case PGC_INT:
     793       21954 :             val->val.intval = *gconf->_int.variable;
     794       21954 :             break;
     795        8676 :         case PGC_REAL:
     796        8676 :             val->val.realval = *gconf->_real.variable;
     797        8676 :             break;
     798      380372 :         case PGC_STRING:
     799      380372 :             set_string_field(gconf, &(val->val.stringval), *gconf->_string.variable);
     800      380372 :             break;
     801       20526 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     802       20526 :             val->val.enumval = *gconf->_enum.variable;
     803       20526 :             break;
     804             :     }
     805      449780 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), gconf->extra);
     806      449780 : }
     807             : 
     808             : /*
     809             :  * Support for discarding a no-longer-needed value in a stack entry.
     810             :  * The "extra" field associated with the stack entry is cleared, too.
     811             :  */
     812             : static void
     813       56190 : discard_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     814             : {
     815       56190 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     816             :     {
     817       37068 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     818             :         case PGC_INT:
     819             :         case PGC_REAL:
     820             :         case PGC_ENUM:
     821             :             /* no need to do anything */
     822       37068 :             break;
     823       19122 :         case PGC_STRING:
     824       19122 :             set_string_field(gconf,
     825             :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     826             :                              NULL);
     827       19122 :             break;
     828             :     }
     829       56190 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), NULL);
     830       56190 : }
     831             : 
     832             : 
     833             : /*
     834             :  * Fetch a palloc'd, sorted array of GUC struct pointers
     835             :  *
     836             :  * The array length is returned into *num_vars.
     837             :  */
     838             : struct config_generic **
     839        3482 : get_guc_variables(int *num_vars)
     840             : {
     841             :     struct config_generic **result;
     842             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     843             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     844             :     int         i;
     845             : 
     846        3482 :     *num_vars = hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab);
     847        3482 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * *num_vars);
     848             : 
     849             :     /* Extract pointers from the hash table */
     850        3482 :     i = 0;
     851        3482 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     852     1449632 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     853     1446150 :         result[i++] = hentry->gucvar;
     854             :     Assert(i == *num_vars);
     855             : 
     856             :     /* Sort by name */
     857        3482 :     qsort(result, *num_vars,
     858             :           sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
     859             : 
     860        3482 :     return result;
     861             : }
     862             : 
     863             : 
     864             : /*
     865             :  * Build the GUC hash table.  This is split out so that help_config.c can
     866             :  * extract all the variables without running all of InitializeGUCOptions.
     867             :  * It's not meant for use anyplace else.
     868             :  */
     869             : void
     870        2282 : build_guc_variables(void)
     871             : {
     872             :     int         size_vars;
     873        2282 :     int         num_vars = 0;
     874             :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
     875             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     876             :     bool        found;
     877             : 
     878             :     /*
     879             :      * Create the memory context that will hold all GUC-related data.
     880             :      */
     881             :     Assert(GUCMemoryContext == NULL);
     882        2282 :     GUCMemoryContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
     883             :                                              "GUCMemoryContext",
     884             :                                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
     885             : 
     886             :     /*
     887             :      * Count all the built-in variables.
     888             :      */
     889      940184 :     for (int i = 0; ConfigureNames[i].name; i++)
     890      937902 :         num_vars++;
     891             : 
     892             :     /*
     893             :      * Create hash table with 20% slack
     894             :      */
     895        2282 :     size_vars = num_vars + num_vars / 4;
     896             : 
     897        2282 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(char *);
     898        2282 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(GUCHashEntry);
     899        2282 :     hash_ctl.hash = guc_name_hash;
     900        2282 :     hash_ctl.match = guc_name_match;
     901        2282 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = GUCMemoryContext;
     902        2282 :     guc_hashtab = hash_create("GUC hash table",
     903             :                               size_vars,
     904             :                               &hash_ctl,
     905             :                               HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_COMPARE | HASH_CONTEXT);
     906             : 
     907      940184 :     for (int i = 0; ConfigureNames[i].name; i++)
     908             :     {
     909      937902 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNames[i];
     910             : 
     911      937902 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     912      937902 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     913             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     914             :                                               &found);
     915             :         Assert(!found);
     916      937902 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
     917             :     }
     918             : 
     919             :     Assert(num_vars == hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
     920        2282 : }
     921             : 
     922             : /*
     923             :  * Add a new GUC variable to the hash of known variables. The
     924             :  * hash is expanded if needed.
     925             :  */
     926             : static bool
     927       18792 : add_guc_variable(struct config_generic *var, int elevel)
     928             : {
     929             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     930             :     bool        found;
     931             : 
     932       18792 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     933       18792 :                                           &var->name,
     934             :                                           HASH_ENTER_NULL,
     935             :                                           &found);
     936       18792 :     if (unlikely(hentry == NULL))
     937             :     {
     938           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     939             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     940             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     941           0 :         return false;           /* out of memory */
     942             :     }
     943             :     Assert(!found);
     944       18792 :     hentry->gucvar = var;
     945       18792 :     return true;
     946             : }
     947             : 
     948             : /*
     949             :  * Decide whether a proposed custom variable name is allowed.
     950             :  *
     951             :  * It must be two or more identifiers separated by dots, where the rules
     952             :  * for what is an identifier agree with scan.l.  (If you change this rule,
     953             :  * adjust the errdetail in assignable_custom_variable_name().)
     954             :  */
     955             : static bool
     956         270 : valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name)
     957             : {
     958         270 :     bool        saw_sep = false;
     959         270 :     bool        name_start = true;
     960             : 
     961        5130 :     for (const char *p = name; *p; p++)
     962             :     {
     963        4872 :         if (*p == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
     964             :         {
     965         242 :             if (name_start)
     966           0 :                 return false;   /* empty name component */
     967         242 :             saw_sep = true;
     968         242 :             name_start = true;
     969             :         }
     970        4630 :         else if (strchr("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
     971        4630 :                         "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_", *p) != NULL ||
     972          16 :                  IS_HIGHBIT_SET(*p))
     973             :         {
     974             :             /* okay as first or non-first character */
     975        4614 :             name_start = false;
     976             :         }
     977          16 :         else if (!name_start && strchr("0123456789$", *p) != NULL)
     978             :              /* okay as non-first character */ ;
     979             :         else
     980          12 :             return false;
     981             :     }
     982         258 :     if (name_start)
     983           0 :         return false;           /* empty name component */
     984             :     /* OK if we found at least one separator */
     985         258 :     return saw_sep;
     986             : }
     987             : 
     988             : /*
     989             :  * Decide whether an unrecognized variable name is allowed to be SET.
     990             :  *
     991             :  * It must pass the syntactic rules of valid_custom_variable_name(),
     992             :  * and it must not be in any namespace already reserved by an extension.
     993             :  * (We make this separate from valid_custom_variable_name() because we don't
     994             :  * apply the reserved-namespace test when reading configuration files.)
     995             :  *
     996             :  * If valid, return true.  Otherwise, return false if skip_errors is true,
     997             :  * else throw a suitable error at the specified elevel (and return false
     998             :  * if that's less than ERROR).
     999             :  */
    1000             : static bool
    1001         222 : assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors, int elevel)
    1002             : {
    1003             :     /* If there's no separator, it can't be a custom variable */
    1004         222 :     const char *sep = strchr(name, GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR);
    1005             : 
    1006         222 :     if (sep != NULL)
    1007             :     {
    1008         160 :         size_t      classLen = sep - name;
    1009             :         ListCell   *lc;
    1010             : 
    1011             :         /* The name must be syntactically acceptable ... */
    1012         160 :         if (!valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    1013             :         {
    1014          12 :             if (!skip_errors)
    1015          12 :                 ereport(elevel,
    1016             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1017             :                          errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1018             :                                 name),
    1019             :                          errdetail("Custom parameter names must be two or more simple identifiers separated by dots.")));
    1020           0 :             return false;
    1021             :         }
    1022             :         /* ... and it must not match any previously-reserved prefix */
    1023         176 :         foreach(lc, reserved_class_prefix)
    1024             :         {
    1025          40 :             const char *rcprefix = lfirst(lc);
    1026             : 
    1027          40 :             if (strlen(rcprefix) == classLen &&
    1028          12 :                 strncmp(name, rcprefix, classLen) == 0)
    1029             :             {
    1030          12 :                 if (!skip_errors)
    1031           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    1032             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1033             :                              errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1034             :                                     name),
    1035             :                              errdetail("\"%s\" is a reserved prefix.",
    1036             :                                        rcprefix)));
    1037           6 :                 return false;
    1038             :             }
    1039             :         }
    1040             :         /* OK to create it */
    1041         136 :         return true;
    1042             :     }
    1043             : 
    1044             :     /* Unrecognized single-part name */
    1045          62 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1046          62 :         ereport(elevel,
    1047             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1048             :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1049             :                         name)));
    1050           0 :     return false;
    1051             : }
    1052             : 
    1053             : /*
    1054             :  * Create and add a placeholder variable for a custom variable name.
    1055             :  */
    1056             : static struct config_generic *
    1057         122 : add_placeholder_variable(const char *name, int elevel)
    1058             : {
    1059         122 :     size_t      sz = sizeof(struct config_generic) + sizeof(char *);
    1060             :     struct config_generic *var;
    1061             : 
    1062         122 :     var = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(elevel, sz);
    1063         122 :     if (var == NULL)
    1064           0 :         return NULL;
    1065         122 :     memset(var, 0, sz);
    1066             : 
    1067         122 :     var->name = guc_strdup(elevel, name);
    1068         122 :     if (var->name == NULL)
    1069             :     {
    1070           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1071           0 :         return NULL;
    1072             :     }
    1073             : 
    1074         122 :     var->context = PGC_USERSET;
    1075         122 :     var->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    1076         122 :     var->short_desc = "GUC placeholder variable";
    1077         122 :     var->flags = GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER;
    1078         122 :     var->vartype = PGC_STRING;
    1079             : 
    1080             :     /*
    1081             :      * The char* is allocated at the end of the struct since we have no
    1082             :      * 'static' place to point to.  Note that the current value, as well as
    1083             :      * the boot and reset values, start out NULL.
    1084             :      */
    1085         122 :     var->_string.variable = (char **) (var + 1);
    1086             : 
    1087         122 :     if (!add_guc_variable(var, elevel))
    1088             :     {
    1089           0 :         guc_free(unconstify(char *, var->name));
    1090           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1091           0 :         return NULL;
    1092             :     }
    1093             : 
    1094         122 :     return var;
    1095             : }
    1096             : 
    1097             : /*
    1098             :  * Look up option "name".  If it exists, return a pointer to its record.
    1099             :  * Otherwise, if create_placeholders is true and name is a valid-looking
    1100             :  * custom variable name, we'll create and return a placeholder record.
    1101             :  * Otherwise, if skip_errors is true, then we silently return NULL for
    1102             :  * an unrecognized or invalid name.  Otherwise, the error is reported at
    1103             :  * error level elevel (and we return NULL if that's less than ERROR).
    1104             :  *
    1105             :  * Note: internal errors, primarily out-of-memory, draw an elevel-level
    1106             :  * report and NULL return regardless of skip_errors.  Hence, callers must
    1107             :  * handle a NULL return whenever elevel < ERROR, but they should not need
    1108             :  * to emit any additional error message.  (In practice, internal errors
    1109             :  * can only happen when create_placeholders is true, so callers passing
    1110             :  * false need not think terribly hard about this.)
    1111             :  */
    1112             : struct config_generic *
    1113     1378428 : find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, bool skip_errors,
    1114             :             int elevel)
    1115             : {
    1116             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1117             : 
    1118             :     Assert(name);
    1119             : 
    1120             :     /* Look it up using the hash table. */
    1121     1378428 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1122             :                                           &name,
    1123             :                                           HASH_FIND,
    1124             :                                           NULL);
    1125     1378428 :     if (hentry)
    1126     1378016 :         return hentry->gucvar;
    1127             : 
    1128             :     /*
    1129             :      * See if the name is an obsolete name for a variable.  We assume that the
    1130             :      * set of supported old names is short enough that a brute-force search is
    1131             :      * the best way.
    1132             :      */
    1133        1648 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1134             :     {
    1135        1236 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1136           0 :             return find_option(map_old_guc_names[i + 1], false,
    1137             :                                skip_errors, elevel);
    1138             :     }
    1139             : 
    1140         412 :     if (create_placeholders)
    1141             :     {
    1142             :         /*
    1143             :          * Check if the name is valid, and if so, add a placeholder.
    1144             :          */
    1145         206 :         if (assignable_custom_variable_name(name, skip_errors, elevel))
    1146         122 :             return add_placeholder_variable(name, elevel);
    1147             :         else
    1148           6 :             return NULL;        /* error message, if any, already emitted */
    1149             :     }
    1150             : 
    1151             :     /* Unknown name and we're not supposed to make a placeholder */
    1152         206 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1153          38 :         ereport(elevel,
    1154             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1155             :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1156             :                         name)));
    1157         168 :     return NULL;
    1158             : }
    1159             : 
    1160             : 
    1161             : /*
    1162             :  * comparator for qsorting an array of GUC pointers
    1163             :  */
    1164             : static int
    1165    12872744 : guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    1166             : {
    1167    12872744 :     const struct config_generic *ca = *(const struct config_generic *const *) a;
    1168    12872744 :     const struct config_generic *cb = *(const struct config_generic *const *) b;
    1169             : 
    1170    12872744 :     return guc_name_compare(ca->name, cb->name);
    1171             : }
    1172             : 
    1173             : /*
    1174             :  * the bare comparison function for GUC names
    1175             :  */
    1176             : int
    1177    14946236 : guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb)
    1178             : {
    1179             :     /*
    1180             :      * The temptation to use strcasecmp() here must be resisted, because the
    1181             :      * hash mapping has to remain stable across setlocale() calls. So, build
    1182             :      * our own with a simple ASCII-only downcasing.
    1183             :      */
    1184    61758226 :     while (*namea && *nameb)
    1185             :     {
    1186    60221598 :         char        cha = *namea++;
    1187    60221598 :         char        chb = *nameb++;
    1188             : 
    1189    60221598 :         if (cha >= 'A' && cha <= 'Z')
    1190      260876 :             cha += 'a' - 'A';
    1191    60221598 :         if (chb >= 'A' && chb <= 'Z')
    1192      126770 :             chb += 'a' - 'A';
    1193    60221598 :         if (cha != chb)
    1194    13409608 :             return cha - chb;
    1195             :     }
    1196     1536628 :     if (*namea)
    1197       93208 :         return 1;               /* a is longer */
    1198     1443420 :     if (*nameb)
    1199       65056 :         return -1;              /* b is longer */
    1200     1378364 :     return 0;
    1201             : }
    1202             : 
    1203             : /*
    1204             :  * Hash function that's compatible with guc_name_compare
    1205             :  */
    1206             : static uint32
    1207     2353908 : guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
    1208             : {
    1209     2353908 :     uint32      result = 0;
    1210     2353908 :     const char *name = *(const char *const *) key;
    1211             : 
    1212    40505012 :     while (*name)
    1213             :     {
    1214    38151104 :         char        ch = *name++;
    1215             : 
    1216             :         /* Case-fold in the same way as guc_name_compare */
    1217    38151104 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1218       43136 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1219             : 
    1220             :         /* Merge into hash ... not very bright, but it needn't be */
    1221    38151104 :         result = pg_rotate_left32(result, 5);
    1222    38151104 :         result ^= (uint32) ch;
    1223             :     }
    1224     2353908 :     return result;
    1225             : }
    1226             : 
    1227             : /*
    1228             :  * Dynahash match function to use in guc_hashtab
    1229             :  */
    1230             : static int
    1231     1378132 : guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize)
    1232             : {
    1233     1378132 :     const char *name1 = *(const char *const *) key1;
    1234     1378132 :     const char *name2 = *(const char *const *) key2;
    1235             : 
    1236     1378132 :     return guc_name_compare(name1, name2);
    1237             : }
    1238             : 
    1239             : 
    1240             : /*
    1241             :  * Convert a GUC name to the form that should be used in pg_parameter_acl.
    1242             :  *
    1243             :  * We need to canonicalize entries since, for example, case should not be
    1244             :  * significant.  In addition, we apply the map_old_guc_names[] mapping so that
    1245             :  * any obsolete names will be converted when stored in a new PG version.
    1246             :  * Note however that this function does not verify legality of the name.
    1247             :  *
    1248             :  * The result is a palloc'd string.
    1249             :  */
    1250             : char *
    1251         352 : convert_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1252             : {
    1253             :     char       *result;
    1254             : 
    1255             :     /* Apply old-GUC-name mapping. */
    1256        1408 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1257             :     {
    1258        1056 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1259             :         {
    1260           0 :             name = map_old_guc_names[i + 1];
    1261           0 :             break;
    1262             :         }
    1263             :     }
    1264             : 
    1265             :     /* Apply case-folding that matches guc_name_compare(). */
    1266         352 :     result = pstrdup(name);
    1267        5728 :     for (char *ptr = result; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    1268             :     {
    1269        5376 :         char        ch = *ptr;
    1270             : 
    1271        5376 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1272             :         {
    1273          12 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1274          12 :             *ptr = ch;
    1275             :         }
    1276             :     }
    1277             : 
    1278         352 :     return result;
    1279             : }
    1280             : 
    1281             : /*
    1282             :  * Check whether we should allow creation of a pg_parameter_acl entry
    1283             :  * for the given name.  (This can be applied either before or after
    1284             :  * canonicalizing it.)  Throws error if not.
    1285             :  */
    1286             : void
    1287          68 : check_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1288             : {
    1289             :     /* OK if the GUC exists. */
    1290          68 :     if (find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5) != NULL)
    1291          54 :         return;
    1292             :     /* Otherwise, it'd better be a valid custom GUC name. */
    1293          14 :     (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    1294             : }
    1295             : 
    1296             : /*
    1297             :  * Routine in charge of checking various states of a GUC.
    1298             :  *
    1299             :  * This performs two sanity checks.  First, it checks that the initial
    1300             :  * value of a GUC is the same when declared and when loaded to prevent
    1301             :  * anybody looking at the C declarations of these GUCs from being fooled by
    1302             :  * mismatched values.  Second, it checks for incorrect flag combinations.
    1303             :  *
    1304             :  * The following validation rules apply for the values:
    1305             :  * bool - can be false, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1306             :  * int  - can be 0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1307             :  * real - can be 0.0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1308             :  * string - can be NULL, otherwise must be strcmp equal to the boot_val
    1309             :  * enum - must be same as the boot_val
    1310             :  */
    1311             : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    1312             : static bool
    1313             : check_GUC_init(const struct config_generic *gconf)
    1314             : {
    1315             :     /* Checks on values */
    1316             :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1317             :     {
    1318             :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1319             :             {
    1320             :                 const struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    1321             : 
    1322             :                 if (*conf->variable && !conf->boot_val)
    1323             :                 {
    1324             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_BOOL) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1325             :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1326             :                     return false;
    1327             :                 }
    1328             :                 break;
    1329             :             }
    1330             :         case PGC_INT:
    1331             :             {
    1332             :                 const struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    1333             : 
    1334             :                 if (*conf->variable != 0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1335             :                 {
    1336             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_INT) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1337             :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1338             :                     return false;
    1339             :                 }
    1340             :                 break;
    1341             :             }
    1342             :         case PGC_REAL:
    1343             :             {
    1344             :                 const struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    1345             : 
    1346             :                 if (*conf->variable != 0.0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1347             :                 {
    1348             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_REAL) %s, boot_val=%g, C-var=%g",
    1349             :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1350             :                     return false;
    1351             :                 }
    1352             :                 break;
    1353             :             }
    1354             :         case PGC_STRING:
    1355             :             {
    1356             :                 const struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    1357             : 
    1358             :                 if (*conf->variable != NULL &&
    1359             :                     (conf->boot_val == NULL ||
    1360             :                      strcmp(*conf->variable, conf->boot_val) != 0))
    1361             :                 {
    1362             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_STRING) %s, boot_val=%s, C-var=%s",
    1363             :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val ? conf->boot_val : "<null>", *conf->variable);
    1364             :                     return false;
    1365             :                 }
    1366             :                 break;
    1367             :             }
    1368             :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1369             :             {
    1370             :                 const struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    1371             : 
    1372             :                 if (*conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1373             :                 {
    1374             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_ENUM) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1375             :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1376             :                     return false;
    1377             :                 }
    1378             :                 break;
    1379             :             }
    1380             :     }
    1381             : 
    1382             :     /* Flag combinations */
    1383             : 
    1384             :     /*
    1385             :      * GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL requires GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, as a parameter not part of
    1386             :      * SHOW ALL should not be hidden in postgresql.conf.sample.
    1387             :      */
    1388             :     if ((gconf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) &&
    1389             :         !(gconf->flags & GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE))
    1390             :     {
    1391             :         elog(LOG, "GUC %s flags: NO_SHOW_ALL and !NOT_IN_SAMPLE",
    1392             :              gconf->name);
    1393             :         return false;
    1394             :     }
    1395             : 
    1396             :     return true;
    1397             : }
    1398             : #endif
    1399             : 
    1400             : /*
    1401             :  * Initialize GUC options during program startup.
    1402             :  *
    1403             :  * Note that we cannot read the config file yet, since we have not yet
    1404             :  * processed command-line switches.
    1405             :  */
    1406             : void
    1407        2282 : InitializeGUCOptions(void)
    1408             : {
    1409             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    1410             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1411             : 
    1412             :     /*
    1413             :      * Before log_line_prefix could possibly receive a nonempty setting, make
    1414             :      * sure that timezone processing is minimally alive (see elog.c).
    1415             :      */
    1416        2282 :     pg_timezone_initialize();
    1417             : 
    1418             :     /*
    1419             :      * Create GUCMemoryContext and build hash table of all GUC variables.
    1420             :      */
    1421        2282 :     build_guc_variables();
    1422             : 
    1423             :     /*
    1424             :      * Load all variables with their compiled-in defaults, and initialize
    1425             :      * status fields as needed.
    1426             :      */
    1427        2282 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    1428      940184 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    1429             :     {
    1430             :         /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    1431             :         Assert(check_GUC_init(hentry->gucvar));
    1432             : 
    1433      937902 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(hentry->gucvar);
    1434             :     }
    1435             : 
    1436        2282 :     reporting_enabled = false;
    1437             : 
    1438             :     /*
    1439             :      * Prevent any attempt to override the transaction modes from
    1440             :      * non-interactive sources.
    1441             :      */
    1442        2282 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_isolation", "read committed",
    1443             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1444        2282 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_read_only", "no",
    1445             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1446        2282 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_deferrable", "no",
    1447             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1448             : 
    1449             :     /*
    1450             :      * For historical reasons, some GUC parameters can receive defaults from
    1451             :      * environment variables.  Process those settings.
    1452             :      */
    1453        2282 :     InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
    1454        2282 : }
    1455             : 
    1456             : /*
    1457             :  * Assign any GUC values that can come from the server's environment.
    1458             :  *
    1459             :  * This is called from InitializeGUCOptions, and also from ProcessConfigFile
    1460             :  * to deal with the possibility that a setting has been removed from
    1461             :  * postgresql.conf and should now get a value from the environment.
    1462             :  * (The latter is a kludge that should probably go away someday; if so,
    1463             :  * fold this back into InitializeGUCOptions.)
    1464             :  */
    1465             : static void
    1466        3724 : InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void)
    1467             : {
    1468             :     char       *env;
    1469             :     ssize_t     stack_rlimit;
    1470             : 
    1471        3724 :     env = getenv("PGPORT");
    1472        3724 :     if (env != NULL)
    1473        3364 :         SetConfigOption("port", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1474             : 
    1475        3724 :     env = getenv("PGDATESTYLE");
    1476        3724 :     if (env != NULL)
    1477         232 :         SetConfigOption("datestyle", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1478             : 
    1479        3724 :     env = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
    1480        3724 :     if (env != NULL)
    1481          30 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1482             : 
    1483             :     /*
    1484             :      * rlimit isn't exactly an "environment variable", but it behaves about
    1485             :      * the same.  If we can identify the platform stack depth rlimit, increase
    1486             :      * default stack depth setting up to whatever is safe (but at most 2MB).
    1487             :      * Report the value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT if it's 2MB, or as
    1488             :      * PGC_S_ENV_VAR if it's reflecting the rlimit limit.
    1489             :      */
    1490        3724 :     stack_rlimit = get_stack_depth_rlimit();
    1491        3724 :     if (stack_rlimit > 0)
    1492             :     {
    1493        3724 :         ssize_t     new_limit = (stack_rlimit - STACK_DEPTH_SLOP) / 1024;
    1494             : 
    1495        3724 :         if (new_limit > 100)
    1496             :         {
    1497             :             GucSource   source;
    1498             :             char        limbuf[16];
    1499             : 
    1500        3724 :             if (new_limit < 2048)
    1501           0 :                 source = PGC_S_ENV_VAR;
    1502             :             else
    1503             :             {
    1504        3724 :                 new_limit = 2048;
    1505        3724 :                 source = PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT;
    1506             :             }
    1507        3724 :             snprintf(limbuf, sizeof(limbuf), "%d", (int) new_limit);
    1508        3724 :             SetConfigOption("max_stack_depth", limbuf,
    1509             :                             PGC_POSTMASTER, source);
    1510             :         }
    1511             :     }
    1512        3724 : }
    1513             : 
    1514             : /*
    1515             :  * Initialize one GUC option variable to its compiled-in default.
    1516             :  *
    1517             :  * Note: the reason for calling check_hooks is not that we think the boot_val
    1518             :  * might fail, but that the hooks might wish to compute an "extra" struct.
    1519             :  */
    1520             : static void
    1521     1027768 : InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1522             : {
    1523     1027768 :     void       *extra = NULL;
    1524             : 
    1525     1027768 :     gconf->status = 0;
    1526     1027768 :     gconf->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1527     1027768 :     gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1528     1027768 :     gconf->scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1529     1027768 :     gconf->reset_scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1530     1027768 :     gconf->srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1531     1027768 :     gconf->reset_srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1532     1027768 :     gconf->stack = NULL;
    1533     1027768 :     gconf->extra = NULL;
    1534     1027768 :     gconf->last_reported = NULL;
    1535     1027768 :     gconf->sourcefile = NULL;
    1536     1027768 :     gconf->sourceline = 0;
    1537             : 
    1538     1027768 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1539             :     {
    1540      299010 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1541             :             {
    1542      299010 :                 struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    1543      299010 :                 bool        newval = conf->boot_val;
    1544             : 
    1545      299010 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1546             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1547           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1548             :                          gconf->name, (int) newval);
    1549      299010 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1550           0 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1551      299010 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1552      299010 :                 break;
    1553             :             }
    1554      352298 :         case PGC_INT:
    1555             :             {
    1556      352298 :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    1557      352298 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1558             : 
    1559             :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1560             :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1561      352298 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1562             :                                          PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1563           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1564             :                          gconf->name, newval);
    1565      352298 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1566       28588 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1567      352298 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1568      352298 :                 break;
    1569             :             }
    1570       61660 :         case PGC_REAL:
    1571             :             {
    1572       61660 :                 struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    1573       61660 :                 double      newval = conf->boot_val;
    1574             : 
    1575             :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1576             :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1577       61660 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1578             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1579           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %g",
    1580             :                          gconf->name, newval);
    1581       61660 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1582        4564 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1583       61660 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1584       61660 :                 break;
    1585             :             }
    1586      211224 :         case PGC_STRING:
    1587             :             {
    1588      211224 :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    1589             :                 char       *newval;
    1590             : 
    1591             :                 /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    1592      211224 :                 if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    1593      192138 :                     newval = guc_strdup(FATAL, conf->boot_val);
    1594             :                 else
    1595       19086 :                     newval = NULL;
    1596             : 
    1597      211224 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1598             :                                             PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1599           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to \"%s\"",
    1600             :                          gconf->name, newval ? newval : "");
    1601      211224 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1602      107688 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1603      211224 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1604      211224 :                 break;
    1605             :             }
    1606      103576 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1607             :             {
    1608      103576 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    1609      103576 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1610             : 
    1611      103576 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1612             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1613           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1614             :                          gconf->name, newval);
    1615      103576 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1616       15974 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1617      103576 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1618      103576 :                 break;
    1619             :             }
    1620             :     }
    1621             : 
    1622     1027768 :     gconf->extra = gconf->reset_extra = extra;
    1623     1027768 : }
    1624             : 
    1625             : /*
    1626             :  * Summarily remove a GUC variable from any linked lists it's in.
    1627             :  *
    1628             :  * We use this in cases where the variable is about to be deleted or reset.
    1629             :  * These aren't common operations, so it's okay if this is a bit slow.
    1630             :  */
    1631             : static void
    1632       71204 : RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1633             : {
    1634       71204 :     if (gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1635       71202 :         dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    1636       71204 :     if (gconf->stack != NULL)
    1637           0 :         slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    1638       71204 :     if (gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT)
    1639        8652 :         slist_delete(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    1640       71204 : }
    1641             : 
    1642             : 
    1643             : /*
    1644             :  * Select the configuration files and data directory to be used, and
    1645             :  * do the initial read of postgresql.conf.
    1646             :  *
    1647             :  * This is called after processing command-line switches.
    1648             :  *      userDoption is the -D switch value if any (NULL if unspecified).
    1649             :  *      progname is just for use in error messages.
    1650             :  *
    1651             :  * Returns true on success; on failure, prints a suitable error message
    1652             :  * to stderr and returns false.
    1653             :  */
    1654             : bool
    1655        2230 : SelectConfigFiles(const char *userDoption, const char *progname)
    1656             : {
    1657             :     char       *configdir;
    1658             :     char       *fname;
    1659             :     bool        fname_is_malloced;
    1660             :     struct stat stat_buf;
    1661             :     struct config_generic *data_directory_rec;
    1662             : 
    1663             :     /* configdir is -D option, or $PGDATA if no -D */
    1664        2230 :     if (userDoption)
    1665        1828 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(userDoption);
    1666             :     else
    1667         402 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(getenv("PGDATA"));
    1668             : 
    1669        2230 :     if (configdir && stat(configdir, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1670             :     {
    1671           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access directory \"%s\": %m\n",
    1672             :                      progname,
    1673             :                      configdir);
    1674           0 :         if (errno == ENOENT)
    1675           0 :             write_stderr("Run initdb or pg_basebackup to initialize a PostgreSQL data directory.\n");
    1676           0 :         goto fail;
    1677             :     }
    1678             : 
    1679             :     /*
    1680             :      * Find the configuration file: if config_file was specified on the
    1681             :      * command line, use it, else use configdir/postgresql.conf.  In any case
    1682             :      * ensure the result is an absolute path, so that it will be interpreted
    1683             :      * the same way by future backends.
    1684             :      */
    1685        2230 :     if (ConfigFileName)
    1686             :     {
    1687          20 :         fname = make_absolute_path(ConfigFileName);
    1688          20 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1689             :     }
    1690        2210 :     else if (configdir)
    1691             :     {
    1692        2210 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1693        2210 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(CONFIG_FILENAME) + 2);
    1694        2210 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, CONFIG_FILENAME);
    1695        2210 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1696             :     }
    1697             :     else
    1698             :     {
    1699           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the server configuration file.\n"
    1700             :                      "You must specify the --config-file or -D invocation "
    1701             :                      "option or set the PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1702             :                      progname);
    1703           0 :         goto fail;
    1704             :     }
    1705             : 
    1706             :     /*
    1707             :      * Set the ConfigFileName GUC variable to its final value, ensuring that
    1708             :      * it can't be overridden later.
    1709             :      */
    1710        2230 :     SetConfigOption("config_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1711             : 
    1712        2230 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1713          20 :         free(fname);
    1714             :     else
    1715        2210 :         guc_free(fname);
    1716             : 
    1717             :     /*
    1718             :      * Now read the config file for the first time.
    1719             :      */
    1720        2230 :     if (stat(ConfigFileName, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1721             :     {
    1722           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access the server configuration file \"%s\": %m\n",
    1723             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1724           0 :         goto fail;
    1725             :     }
    1726             : 
    1727             :     /*
    1728             :      * Read the configuration file for the first time.  This time only the
    1729             :      * data_directory parameter is picked up to determine the data directory,
    1730             :      * so that we can read the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file next time.
    1731             :      */
    1732        2230 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1733             : 
    1734             :     /*
    1735             :      * If the data_directory GUC variable has been set, use that as DataDir;
    1736             :      * otherwise use configdir if set; else punt.
    1737             :      *
    1738             :      * Note: SetDataDir will copy and absolute-ize its argument, so we don't
    1739             :      * have to.
    1740             :      */
    1741             :     data_directory_rec =
    1742        2230 :         find_option("data_directory", false, false, PANIC);
    1743        2230 :     if (*data_directory_rec->_string.variable)
    1744           0 :         SetDataDir(*data_directory_rec->_string.variable);
    1745        2230 :     else if (configdir)
    1746        2230 :         SetDataDir(configdir);
    1747             :     else
    1748             :     {
    1749           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the database system data.\n"
    1750             :                      "This can be specified as \"data_directory\" in \"%s\", "
    1751             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1752             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1753             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1754           0 :         goto fail;
    1755             :     }
    1756             : 
    1757             :     /*
    1758             :      * Reflect the final DataDir value back into the data_directory GUC var.
    1759             :      * (If you are wondering why we don't just make them a single variable,
    1760             :      * it's because the EXEC_BACKEND case needs DataDir to be transmitted to
    1761             :      * child backends specially.  XXX is that still true?  Given that we now
    1762             :      * chdir to DataDir, EXEC_BACKEND can read the config file without knowing
    1763             :      * DataDir in advance.)
    1764             :      */
    1765        2230 :     SetConfigOption("data_directory", DataDir, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1766             : 
    1767             :     /*
    1768             :      * Now read the config file a second time, allowing any settings in the
    1769             :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file to take effect.  (This is pretty ugly, but
    1770             :      * since we have to determine the DataDir before we can find the autoconf
    1771             :      * file, the alternatives seem worse.)
    1772             :      */
    1773        2230 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1774             : 
    1775             :     /*
    1776             :      * If timezone_abbreviations wasn't set in the configuration file, install
    1777             :      * the default value.  We do it this way because we can't safely install a
    1778             :      * "real" value until my_exec_path is set, which may not have happened
    1779             :      * when InitializeGUCOptions runs, so the bootstrap default value cannot
    1780             :      * be the real desired default.
    1781             :      */
    1782        2220 :     pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
    1783             : 
    1784             :     /*
    1785             :      * Figure out where pg_hba.conf is, and make sure the path is absolute.
    1786             :      */
    1787        2220 :     if (HbaFileName)
    1788             :     {
    1789           2 :         fname = make_absolute_path(HbaFileName);
    1790           2 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1791             :     }
    1792        2218 :     else if (configdir)
    1793             :     {
    1794        2218 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1795        2218 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(HBA_FILENAME) + 2);
    1796        2218 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HBA_FILENAME);
    1797        2218 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1798             :     }
    1799             :     else
    1800             :     {
    1801           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hba\" configuration file.\n"
    1802             :                      "This can be specified as \"hba_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1803             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1804             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1805             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1806           0 :         goto fail;
    1807             :     }
    1808        2220 :     SetConfigOption("hba_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1809             : 
    1810        2220 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1811           2 :         free(fname);
    1812             :     else
    1813        2218 :         guc_free(fname);
    1814             : 
    1815             :     /*
    1816             :      * Likewise for pg_ident.conf.
    1817             :      */
    1818        2220 :     if (IdentFileName)
    1819             :     {
    1820           2 :         fname = make_absolute_path(IdentFileName);
    1821           2 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1822             :     }
    1823        2218 :     else if (configdir)
    1824             :     {
    1825        2218 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1826        2218 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(IDENT_FILENAME) + 2);
    1827        2218 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, IDENT_FILENAME);
    1828        2218 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1829             :     }
    1830             :     else
    1831             :     {
    1832           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"ident\" configuration file.\n"
    1833             :                      "This can be specified as \"ident_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1834             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1835             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1836             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1837           0 :         goto fail;
    1838             :     }
    1839        2220 :     SetConfigOption("ident_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1840             : 
    1841        2220 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1842           2 :         free(fname);
    1843             :     else
    1844        2218 :         guc_free(fname);
    1845             : 
    1846        2220 :     free(configdir);
    1847             : 
    1848        2220 :     return true;
    1849             : 
    1850           0 : fail:
    1851           0 :     free(configdir);
    1852             : 
    1853           0 :     return false;
    1854             : }
    1855             : 
    1856             : /*
    1857             :  * pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize --- set default value if not done already
    1858             :  *
    1859             :  * This is called after initial loading of postgresql.conf.  If no
    1860             :  * timezone_abbreviations setting was found therein, select default.
    1861             :  * If a non-default value is already installed, nothing will happen.
    1862             :  *
    1863             :  * This can also be called from ProcessConfigFile to establish the default
    1864             :  * value after a postgresql.conf entry for it is removed.
    1865             :  */
    1866             : static void
    1867        3662 : pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void)
    1868             : {
    1869        3662 :     SetConfigOption("timezone_abbreviations", "Default",
    1870             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
    1871        3662 : }
    1872             : 
    1873             : 
    1874             : /*
    1875             :  * Reset all options to their saved default values (implements RESET ALL)
    1876             :  */
    1877             : void
    1878          18 : ResetAllOptions(void)
    1879             : {
    1880             :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    1881             : 
    1882             :     /* We need only consider GUCs not already at PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    1883        1036 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    1884             :     {
    1885        1018 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    1886             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    1887             : 
    1888             :         /* Don't reset non-SET-able values */
    1889        1018 :         if (gconf->context != PGC_SUSET &&
    1890         940 :             gconf->context != PGC_USERSET)
    1891         614 :             continue;
    1892             :         /* Don't reset if special exclusion from RESET ALL */
    1893         404 :         if (gconf->flags & GUC_NO_RESET_ALL)
    1894          90 :             continue;
    1895             :         /* No need to reset if wasn't SET */
    1896         314 :         if (gconf->source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    1897         274 :             continue;
    1898             : 
    1899             :         /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    1900          40 :         push_old_value(gconf, GUC_ACTION_SET);
    1901             : 
    1902          40 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    1903             :         {
    1904          20 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    1905             :                 {
    1906          20 :                     struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    1907             : 
    1908          20 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1909           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1910             :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1911          20 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1912          20 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1913             :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1914          20 :                     break;
    1915             :                 }
    1916           2 :             case PGC_INT:
    1917             :                 {
    1918           2 :                     struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    1919             : 
    1920           2 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1921           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1922             :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1923           2 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1924           2 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1925             :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1926           2 :                     break;
    1927             :                 }
    1928           6 :             case PGC_REAL:
    1929             :                 {
    1930           6 :                     struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    1931             : 
    1932           6 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1933           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1934             :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1935           6 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1936           6 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1937             :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1938           6 :                     break;
    1939             :                 }
    1940          10 :             case PGC_STRING:
    1941             :                 {
    1942          10 :                     struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    1943             : 
    1944          10 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1945           4 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1946             :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1947          10 :                     set_string_field(gconf, conf->variable, conf->reset_val);
    1948          10 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1949             :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1950          10 :                     break;
    1951             :                 }
    1952           2 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    1953             :                 {
    1954           2 :                     struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    1955             : 
    1956           2 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1957           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1958             :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1959           2 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1960           2 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1961             :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1962           2 :                     break;
    1963             :                 }
    1964             :         }
    1965             : 
    1966          40 :         set_guc_source(gconf, gconf->reset_source);
    1967          40 :         gconf->scontext = gconf->reset_scontext;
    1968          40 :         gconf->srole = gconf->reset_srole;
    1969             : 
    1970          40 :         if ((gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    1971             :         {
    1972           6 :             gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    1973           6 :             slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    1974             :         }
    1975             :     }
    1976          18 : }
    1977             : 
    1978             : 
    1979             : /*
    1980             :  * Apply a change to a GUC variable's "source" field.
    1981             :  *
    1982             :  * Use this rather than just assigning, to ensure that the variable's
    1983             :  * membership in guc_nondef_list is updated correctly.
    1984             :  */
    1985             : static void
    1986     1415680 : set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource)
    1987             : {
    1988             :     /* Adjust nondef list membership if appropriate for change */
    1989     1415680 :     if (gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1990             :     {
    1991      568236 :         if (newsource != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1992      568090 :             dlist_push_tail(&guc_nondef_list, &gconf->nondef_link);
    1993             :     }
    1994             :     else
    1995             :     {
    1996      847444 :         if (newsource == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1997      105214 :             dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    1998             :     }
    1999             :     /* Now update the source field */
    2000     1415680 :     gconf->source = newsource;
    2001     1415680 : }
    2002             : 
    2003             : 
    2004             : /*
    2005             :  * push_old_value
    2006             :  *      Push previous state during transactional assignment to a GUC variable.
    2007             :  */
    2008             : static void
    2009      461068 : push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action)
    2010             : {
    2011             :     GucStack   *stack;
    2012             : 
    2013             :     /* If we're not inside a nest level, do nothing */
    2014      461068 :     if (GUCNestLevel == 0)
    2015           0 :         return;
    2016             : 
    2017             :     /* Do we already have a stack entry of the current nest level? */
    2018      461068 :     stack = gconf->stack;
    2019      461068 :     if (stack && stack->nest_level >= GUCNestLevel)
    2020             :     {
    2021             :         /* Yes, so adjust its state if necessary */
    2022             :         Assert(stack->nest_level == GUCNestLevel);
    2023       11300 :         switch (action)
    2024             :         {
    2025       11128 :             case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2026             :                 /* SET overrides any prior action at same nest level */
    2027       11128 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2028             :                 {
    2029             :                     /* must discard old masked value */
    2030           0 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2031             :                 }
    2032       11128 :                 stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2033       11128 :                 break;
    2034         172 :             case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2035         172 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2036             :                 {
    2037             :                     /* SET followed by SET LOCAL, remember SET's value */
    2038          12 :                     stack->masked_scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2039          12 :                     stack->masked_srole = gconf->srole;
    2040          12 :                     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2041          12 :                     stack->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2042             :                 }
    2043             :                 /* in all other cases, no change to stack entry */
    2044         172 :                 break;
    2045           0 :             case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2046             :                 /* Could only have a prior SAVE of same variable */
    2047             :                 Assert(stack->state == GUC_SAVE);
    2048           0 :                 break;
    2049             :         }
    2050       11300 :         return;
    2051             :     }
    2052             : 
    2053             :     /*
    2054             :      * Push a new stack entry
    2055             :      *
    2056             :      * We keep all the stack entries in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
    2057             :      */
    2058      449768 :     stack = (GucStack *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    2059             :                                                 sizeof(GucStack));
    2060             : 
    2061      449768 :     stack->prev = gconf->stack;
    2062      449768 :     stack->nest_level = GUCNestLevel;
    2063      449768 :     switch (action)
    2064             :     {
    2065       58424 :         case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2066       58424 :             stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2067       58424 :             break;
    2068        8842 :         case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2069        8842 :             stack->state = GUC_LOCAL;
    2070        8842 :             break;
    2071      382502 :         case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2072      382502 :             stack->state = GUC_SAVE;
    2073      382502 :             break;
    2074             :     }
    2075      449768 :     stack->source = gconf->source;
    2076      449768 :     stack->scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2077      449768 :     stack->srole = gconf->srole;
    2078      449768 :     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2079             : 
    2080      449768 :     if (gconf->stack == NULL)
    2081      419326 :         slist_push_head(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    2082      449768 :     gconf->stack = stack;
    2083             : }
    2084             : 
    2085             : 
    2086             : /*
    2087             :  * Do GUC processing at main transaction start.
    2088             :  */
    2089             : void
    2090     1051148 : AtStart_GUC(void)
    2091             : {
    2092             :     /*
    2093             :      * The nest level should be 0 between transactions; if it isn't, somebody
    2094             :      * didn't call AtEOXact_GUC, or called it with the wrong nestLevel.  We
    2095             :      * throw a warning but make no other effort to clean up.
    2096             :      */
    2097     1051148 :     if (GUCNestLevel != 0)
    2098           0 :         elog(WARNING, "GUC nest level = %d at transaction start",
    2099             :              GUCNestLevel);
    2100     1051148 :     GUCNestLevel = 1;
    2101     1051148 : }
    2102             : 
    2103             : /*
    2104             :  * Enter a new nesting level for GUC values.  This is called at subtransaction
    2105             :  * start, and when entering a function that has proconfig settings, and in
    2106             :  * some other places where we want to set GUC variables transiently.
    2107             :  * NOTE we must not risk error here, else subtransaction start will be unhappy.
    2108             :  */
    2109             : int
    2110      443200 : NewGUCNestLevel(void)
    2111             : {
    2112      443200 :     return ++GUCNestLevel;
    2113             : }
    2114             : 
    2115             : /*
    2116             :  * Set search_path to a fixed value for maintenance operations. No effect
    2117             :  * during bootstrap, when the search_path is already set to a fixed value and
    2118             :  * cannot be changed.
    2119             :  */
    2120             : void
    2121      402026 : RestrictSearchPath(void)
    2122             : {
    2123      402026 :     if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
    2124      340826 :         set_config_option("search_path", GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH, PGC_USERSET,
    2125             :                           PGC_S_SESSION, GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true, 0, false);
    2126      402026 : }
    2127             : 
    2128             : /*
    2129             :  * Do GUC processing at transaction or subtransaction commit or abort, or
    2130             :  * when exiting a function that has proconfig settings, or when undoing a
    2131             :  * transient assignment to some GUC variables.  (The name is thus a bit of
    2132             :  * a misnomer; perhaps it should be ExitGUCNestLevel or some such.)
    2133             :  * During abort, we discard all GUC settings that were applied at nesting
    2134             :  * levels >= nestLevel.  nestLevel == 1 corresponds to the main transaction.
    2135             :  */
    2136             : void
    2137     1492796 : AtEOXact_GUC(bool isCommit, int nestLevel)
    2138             : {
    2139             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2140             : 
    2141             :     /*
    2142             :      * Note: it's possible to get here with GUCNestLevel == nestLevel-1 during
    2143             :      * abort, if there is a failure during transaction start before
    2144             :      * AtStart_GUC is called.
    2145             :      */
    2146             :     Assert(nestLevel > 0 &&
    2147             :            (nestLevel <= GUCNestLevel ||
    2148             :             (nestLevel == GUCNestLevel + 1 && !isCommit)));
    2149             : 
    2150             :     /* We need only process GUCs having nonempty stacks */
    2151     1948832 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_stack_list)
    2152             :     {
    2153      456048 :         struct config_generic *gconf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2154             :                                                        stack_link, iter.cur);
    2155             :         GucStack   *stack;
    2156             : 
    2157             :         /*
    2158             :          * Process and pop each stack entry within the nest level. To simplify
    2159             :          * fmgr_security_definer() and other places that use GUC_ACTION_SAVE,
    2160             :          * we allow failure exit from code that uses a local nest level to be
    2161             :          * recovered at the surrounding transaction or subtransaction abort;
    2162             :          * so there could be more than one stack entry to pop.
    2163             :          */
    2164      905848 :         while ((stack = gconf->stack) != NULL &&
    2165      486514 :                stack->nest_level >= nestLevel)
    2166             :         {
    2167      449812 :             GucStack   *prev = stack->prev;
    2168      449812 :             bool        restorePrior = false;
    2169      449812 :             bool        restoreMasked = false;
    2170             :             bool        changed;
    2171             : 
    2172             :             /*
    2173             :              * In this next bit, if we don't set either restorePrior or
    2174             :              * restoreMasked, we must "discard" any unwanted fields of the
    2175             :              * stack entries to avoid leaking memory.  If we do set one of
    2176             :              * those flags, unused fields will be cleaned up after restoring.
    2177             :              */
    2178      449812 :             if (!isCommit)      /* if abort, always restore prior value */
    2179      345914 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2180      103898 :             else if (stack->state == GUC_SAVE)
    2181       40776 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2182       63122 :             else if (stack->nest_level == 1)
    2183             :             {
    2184             :                 /* transaction commit */
    2185       63080 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2186          12 :                     restoreMasked = true;
    2187       63068 :                 else if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2188             :                 {
    2189             :                     /* we keep the current active value */
    2190       56190 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2191             :                 }
    2192             :                 else            /* must be GUC_LOCAL */
    2193        6878 :                     restorePrior = true;
    2194             :             }
    2195          42 :             else if (prev == NULL ||
    2196          12 :                      prev->nest_level < stack->nest_level - 1)
    2197             :             {
    2198             :                 /* decrement entry's level and do not pop it */
    2199          36 :                 stack->nest_level--;
    2200          36 :                 continue;
    2201             :             }
    2202             :             else
    2203             :             {
    2204             :                 /*
    2205             :                  * We have to merge this stack entry into prev. See README for
    2206             :                  * discussion of this bit.
    2207             :                  */
    2208           6 :                 switch (stack->state)
    2209             :                 {
    2210           0 :                     case GUC_SAVE:
    2211             :                         Assert(false);  /* can't get here */
    2212           0 :                         break;
    2213             : 
    2214           6 :                     case GUC_SET:
    2215             :                         /* next level always becomes SET */
    2216           6 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2217           6 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2218           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2219           6 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET;
    2220           6 :                         break;
    2221             : 
    2222           0 :                     case GUC_LOCAL:
    2223           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET)
    2224             :                         {
    2225             :                             /* LOCAL migrates down */
    2226           0 :                             prev->masked_scontext = stack->scontext;
    2227           0 :                             prev->masked_srole = stack->srole;
    2228           0 :                             prev->masked = stack->prior;
    2229           0 :                             prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2230             :                         }
    2231             :                         else
    2232             :                         {
    2233             :                             /* else just forget this stack level */
    2234           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2235             :                         }
    2236           0 :                         break;
    2237             : 
    2238           0 :                     case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    2239             :                         /* prior state at this level no longer wanted */
    2240           0 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2241             :                         /* copy down the masked state */
    2242           0 :                         prev->masked_scontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2243           0 :                         prev->masked_srole = stack->masked_srole;
    2244           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2245           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2246           0 :                         prev->masked = stack->masked;
    2247           0 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2248           0 :                         break;
    2249             :                 }
    2250             :             }
    2251             : 
    2252      449776 :             changed = false;
    2253             : 
    2254      449776 :             if (restorePrior || restoreMasked)
    2255             :             {
    2256             :                 /* Perform appropriate restoration of the stacked value */
    2257             :                 config_var_value newvalue;
    2258             :                 GucSource   newsource;
    2259             :                 GucContext  newscontext;
    2260             :                 Oid         newsrole;
    2261             : 
    2262      393580 :                 if (restoreMasked)
    2263             :                 {
    2264          12 :                     newvalue = stack->masked;
    2265          12 :                     newsource = PGC_S_SESSION;
    2266          12 :                     newscontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2267          12 :                     newsrole = stack->masked_srole;
    2268             :                 }
    2269             :                 else
    2270             :                 {
    2271      393568 :                     newvalue = stack->prior;
    2272      393568 :                     newsource = stack->source;
    2273      393568 :                     newscontext = stack->scontext;
    2274      393568 :                     newsrole = stack->srole;
    2275             :                 }
    2276             : 
    2277      393580 :                 switch (gconf->vartype)
    2278             :                 {
    2279        3656 :                     case PGC_BOOL:
    2280             :                         {
    2281        3656 :                             struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    2282        3656 :                             bool        newval = newvalue.val.boolval;
    2283        3656 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2284             : 
    2285        3656 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2286         436 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2287             :                             {
    2288        3220 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2289           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2290        3220 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2291        3220 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2292             :                                                 newextra);
    2293        3220 :                                 changed = true;
    2294             :                             }
    2295        3656 :                             break;
    2296             :                         }
    2297       10262 :                     case PGC_INT:
    2298             :                         {
    2299       10262 :                             struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    2300       10262 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.intval;
    2301       10262 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2302             : 
    2303       10262 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2304         198 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2305             :                             {
    2306       10064 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2307           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2308       10064 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2309       10064 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2310             :                                                 newextra);
    2311       10064 :                                 changed = true;
    2312             :                             }
    2313       10262 :                             break;
    2314             :                         }
    2315        1594 :                     case PGC_REAL:
    2316             :                         {
    2317        1594 :                             struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    2318        1594 :                             double      newval = newvalue.val.realval;
    2319        1594 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2320             : 
    2321        1594 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2322          24 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2323             :                             {
    2324        1570 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2325           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2326        1570 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2327        1570 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2328             :                                                 newextra);
    2329        1570 :                                 changed = true;
    2330             :                             }
    2331        1594 :                             break;
    2332             :                         }
    2333      361246 :                     case PGC_STRING:
    2334             :                         {
    2335      361246 :                             struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    2336      361246 :                             char       *newval = newvalue.val.stringval;
    2337      361246 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2338             : 
    2339      361246 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2340          20 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2341             :                             {
    2342      361226 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2343      360720 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2344      361226 :                                 set_string_field(gconf, conf->variable, newval);
    2345      361226 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2346             :                                                 newextra);
    2347      361226 :                                 changed = true;
    2348             :                             }
    2349             : 
    2350             :                             /*
    2351             :                              * Release stacked values if not used anymore. We
    2352             :                              * could use discard_stack_value() here, but since
    2353             :                              * we have type-specific code anyway, might as
    2354             :                              * well inline it.
    2355             :                              */
    2356      361246 :                             set_string_field(gconf, &stack->prior.val.stringval, NULL);
    2357      361246 :                             set_string_field(gconf, &stack->masked.val.stringval, NULL);
    2358      361246 :                             break;
    2359             :                         }
    2360       16822 :                     case PGC_ENUM:
    2361             :                         {
    2362       16822 :                             struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    2363       16822 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.enumval;
    2364       16822 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2365             : 
    2366       16822 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2367        1042 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2368             :                             {
    2369       15780 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2370          30 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2371       15780 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2372       15780 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2373             :                                                 newextra);
    2374       15780 :                                 changed = true;
    2375             :                             }
    2376       16822 :                             break;
    2377             :                         }
    2378             :                 }
    2379             : 
    2380             :                 /*
    2381             :                  * Release stacked extra values if not used anymore.
    2382             :                  */
    2383      393580 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->prior.extra), NULL);
    2384      393580 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->masked.extra), NULL);
    2385             : 
    2386             :                 /* And restore source information */
    2387      393580 :                 set_guc_source(gconf, newsource);
    2388      393580 :                 gconf->scontext = newscontext;
    2389      393580 :                 gconf->srole = newsrole;
    2390             :             }
    2391             : 
    2392             :             /*
    2393             :              * Pop the GUC's state stack; if it's now empty, remove the GUC
    2394             :              * from guc_stack_list.
    2395             :              */
    2396      449776 :             gconf->stack = prev;
    2397      449776 :             if (prev == NULL)
    2398      419330 :                 slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2399      449776 :             pfree(stack);
    2400             : 
    2401             :             /* Report new value if we changed it */
    2402      449764 :             if (changed && (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    2403      369000 :                 !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2404             :             {
    2405         318 :                 gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2406         318 :                 slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2407             :             }
    2408             :         }                       /* end of stack-popping loop */
    2409             :     }
    2410             : 
    2411             :     /* Update nesting level */
    2412     1492784 :     GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
    2413     1492784 : }
    2414             : 
    2415             : 
    2416             : /*
    2417             :  * Start up automatic reporting of changes to variables marked GUC_REPORT.
    2418             :  * This is executed at completion of backend startup.
    2419             :  */
    2420             : void
    2421       26692 : BeginReportingGUCOptions(void)
    2422             : {
    2423             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    2424             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    2425             : 
    2426             :     /*
    2427             :      * Don't do anything unless talking to an interactive frontend.
    2428             :      */
    2429       26692 :     if (whereToSendOutput != DestRemote)
    2430         134 :         return;
    2431             : 
    2432       26558 :     reporting_enabled = true;
    2433             : 
    2434             :     /*
    2435             :      * Hack for in_hot_standby: set the GUC value true if appropriate.  This
    2436             :      * is kind of an ugly place to do it, but there's few better options.
    2437             :      *
    2438             :      * (This could be out of date by the time we actually send it, in which
    2439             :      * case the next ReportChangedGUCOptions call will send a duplicate
    2440             :      * report.)
    2441             :      */
    2442       26558 :     if (RecoveryInProgress())
    2443        1216 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "true",
    2444             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2445             : 
    2446             :     /* Transmit initial values of interesting variables */
    2447       26558 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    2448    10972384 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    2449             :     {
    2450    10919268 :         struct config_generic *conf = hentry->gucvar;
    2451             : 
    2452    10919268 :         if (conf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
    2453      398370 :             ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2454             :     }
    2455             : }
    2456             : 
    2457             : /*
    2458             :  * ReportChangedGUCOptions: report recently-changed GUC_REPORT variables
    2459             :  *
    2460             :  * This is called just before we wait for a new client query.
    2461             :  *
    2462             :  * By handling things this way, we ensure that a ParameterStatus message
    2463             :  * is sent at most once per variable per query, even if the variable
    2464             :  * changed multiple times within the query.  That's quite possible when
    2465             :  * using features such as function SET clauses.  Function SET clauses
    2466             :  * also tend to cause values to change intraquery but eventually revert
    2467             :  * to their prevailing values; ReportGUCOption is responsible for avoiding
    2468             :  * redundant reports in such cases.
    2469             :  */
    2470             : void
    2471      724948 : ReportChangedGUCOptions(void)
    2472             : {
    2473             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2474             : 
    2475             :     /* Quick exit if not (yet) enabled */
    2476      724948 :     if (!reporting_enabled)
    2477       69758 :         return;
    2478             : 
    2479             :     /*
    2480             :      * Since in_hot_standby isn't actually changed by normal GUC actions, we
    2481             :      * need a hack to check whether a new value needs to be reported to the
    2482             :      * client.  For speed, we rely on the assumption that it can never
    2483             :      * transition from false to true.
    2484             :      */
    2485      655190 :     if (in_hot_standby_guc && !RecoveryInProgress())
    2486           6 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "false",
    2487             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2488             : 
    2489             :     /* Transmit new values of interesting variables */
    2490      913420 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_report_list)
    2491             :     {
    2492      258230 :         struct config_generic *conf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2493             :                                                       report_link, iter.cur);
    2494             : 
    2495             :         Assert((conf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && (conf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT));
    2496      258230 :         ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2497      258230 :         conf->status &= ~GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2498      258230 :         slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2499             :     }
    2500             : }
    2501             : 
    2502             : /*
    2503             :  * ReportGUCOption: if appropriate, transmit option value to frontend
    2504             :  *
    2505             :  * We need not transmit the value if it's the same as what we last
    2506             :  * transmitted.
    2507             :  */
    2508             : static void
    2509      656600 : ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record)
    2510             : {
    2511      656600 :     char       *val = ShowGUCOption(record, false);
    2512             : 
    2513      656600 :     if (record->last_reported == NULL ||
    2514      258230 :         strcmp(val, record->last_reported) != 0)
    2515             :     {
    2516             :         StringInfoData msgbuf;
    2517             : 
    2518      413122 :         pq_beginmessage(&msgbuf, PqMsg_ParameterStatus);
    2519      413122 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, record->name);
    2520      413122 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, val);
    2521      413122 :         pq_endmessage(&msgbuf);
    2522             : 
    2523             :         /*
    2524             :          * We need a long-lifespan copy.  If guc_strdup() fails due to OOM,
    2525             :          * we'll set last_reported to NULL and thereby possibly make a
    2526             :          * duplicate report later.
    2527             :          */
    2528      413122 :         guc_free(record->last_reported);
    2529      413122 :         record->last_reported = guc_strdup(LOG, val);
    2530             :     }
    2531             : 
    2532      656600 :     pfree(val);
    2533      656600 : }
    2534             : 
    2535             : /*
    2536             :  * Convert a value from one of the human-friendly units ("kB", "min" etc.)
    2537             :  * to the given base unit.  'value' and 'unit' are the input value and unit
    2538             :  * to convert from (there can be trailing spaces in the unit string).
    2539             :  * The converted value is stored in *base_value.
    2540             :  * It's caller's responsibility to round off the converted value as necessary
    2541             :  * and check for out-of-range.
    2542             :  *
    2543             :  * Returns true on success, false if the input unit is not recognized.
    2544             :  */
    2545             : static bool
    2546       14920 : convert_to_base_unit(double value, const char *unit,
    2547             :                      int base_unit, double *base_value)
    2548             : {
    2549             :     char        unitstr[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1];
    2550             :     int         unitlen;
    2551             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2552             : 
    2553             :     /* extract unit string to compare to table entries */
    2554       14920 :     unitlen = 0;
    2555       44610 :     while (*unit != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char) *unit) &&
    2556             :            unitlen < MAX_UNIT_LEN)
    2557       29690 :         unitstr[unitlen++] = *(unit++);
    2558       14920 :     unitstr[unitlen] = '\0';
    2559             :     /* allow whitespace after unit */
    2560       14920 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *unit))
    2561           0 :         unit++;
    2562       14920 :     if (*unit != '\0')
    2563           0 :         return false;           /* unit too long, or garbage after it */
    2564             : 
    2565             :     /* now search the appropriate table */
    2566       14920 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2567       11466 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2568             :     else
    2569        3454 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2570             : 
    2571      179172 :     for (int i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2572             :     {
    2573      179172 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit &&
    2574       49982 :             strcmp(unitstr, table[i].unit) == 0)
    2575             :         {
    2576       14920 :             double      cvalue = value * table[i].multiplier;
    2577             : 
    2578             :             /*
    2579             :              * If the user gave a fractional value such as "30.1GB", round it
    2580             :              * off to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit, if there
    2581             :              * is one.
    2582             :              */
    2583       14920 :             if (*table[i + 1].unit &&
    2584       14920 :                 base_unit == table[i + 1].base_unit)
    2585       14914 :                 cvalue = rint(cvalue / table[i + 1].multiplier) *
    2586       14914 :                     table[i + 1].multiplier;
    2587             : 
    2588       14920 :             *base_value = cvalue;
    2589       14920 :             return true;
    2590             :         }
    2591             :     }
    2592           0 :     return false;
    2593             : }
    2594             : 
    2595             : /*
    2596             :  * Convert an integer value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2597             :  *
    2598             :  * The output unit is chosen so that it's the greatest unit that can represent
    2599             :  * the value without loss.  For example, if the base unit is GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024
    2600             :  * is converted to 1 MB, but 1025 is represented as 1025 kB.
    2601             :  */
    2602             : static void
    2603         764 : convert_int_from_base_unit(int64 base_value, int base_unit,
    2604             :                            int64 *value, const char **unit)
    2605             : {
    2606             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2607             : 
    2608         764 :     *unit = NULL;
    2609             : 
    2610         764 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2611         656 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2612             :     else
    2613         108 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2614             : 
    2615        5076 :     for (int i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2616             :     {
    2617        5076 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2618             :         {
    2619             :             /*
    2620             :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly.  We
    2621             :              * assume that the conversions for each base unit are ordered from
    2622             :              * greatest unit to the smallest!
    2623             :              */
    2624        2370 :             if (table[i].multiplier <= 1.0 ||
    2625        2256 :                 base_value % (int64) table[i].multiplier == 0)
    2626             :             {
    2627         764 :                 *value = (int64) rint(base_value / table[i].multiplier);
    2628         764 :                 *unit = table[i].unit;
    2629         764 :                 break;
    2630             :             }
    2631             :         }
    2632             :     }
    2633             : 
    2634             :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2635         764 : }
    2636             : 
    2637             : /*
    2638             :  * Convert a floating-point value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2639             :  *
    2640             :  * Same as above, except we have to do the math a bit differently, and
    2641             :  * there's a possibility that we don't find any exact divisor.
    2642             :  */
    2643             : static void
    2644         268 : convert_real_from_base_unit(double base_value, int base_unit,
    2645             :                             double *value, const char **unit)
    2646             : {
    2647             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2648             : 
    2649         268 :     *unit = NULL;
    2650             : 
    2651         268 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2652           0 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2653             :     else
    2654         268 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2655             : 
    2656        1364 :     for (int i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2657             :     {
    2658        1364 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2659             :         {
    2660             :             /*
    2661             :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly; or
    2662             :              * if there is none, use the smallest (last) target unit.
    2663             :              *
    2664             :              * What we actually care about here is whether snprintf with "%g"
    2665             :              * will print the value as an integer, so the obvious test of
    2666             :              * "*value == rint(*value)" is too strict; roundoff error might
    2667             :              * make us choose an unreasonably small unit.  As a compromise,
    2668             :              * accept a divisor that is within 1e-8 of producing an integer.
    2669             :              */
    2670        1364 :             *value = base_value / table[i].multiplier;
    2671        1364 :             *unit = table[i].unit;
    2672        1364 :             if (*value > 0 &&
    2673        1364 :                 fabs((rint(*value) / *value) - 1.0) <= 1e-8)
    2674         268 :                 break;
    2675             :         }
    2676             :     }
    2677             : 
    2678             :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2679         268 : }
    2680             : 
    2681             : /*
    2682             :  * Return the name of a GUC's base unit (e.g. "ms") given its flags.
    2683             :  * Return NULL if the GUC is unitless.
    2684             :  */
    2685             : const char *
    2686     1423344 : get_config_unit_name(int flags)
    2687             : {
    2688     1423344 :     switch (flags & GUC_UNIT)
    2689             :     {
    2690     1148576 :         case 0:
    2691     1148576 :             return NULL;        /* GUC has no units */
    2692       17390 :         case GUC_UNIT_BYTE:
    2693       17390 :             return "B";
    2694       41736 :         case GUC_UNIT_KB:
    2695       41736 :             return "kB";
    2696       20868 :         case GUC_UNIT_MB:
    2697       20868 :             return "MB";
    2698       62604 :         case GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS:
    2699             :             {
    2700             :                 static char bbuf[8];
    2701             : 
    2702             :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2703       62604 :                 if (bbuf[0] == '\0')
    2704         516 :                     snprintf(bbuf, sizeof(bbuf), "%dkB", BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2705       62604 :                 return bbuf;
    2706             :             }
    2707        6956 :         case GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS:
    2708             :             {
    2709             :                 static char xbuf[8];
    2710             : 
    2711             :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2712        6956 :                 if (xbuf[0] == '\0')
    2713         516 :                     snprintf(xbuf, sizeof(xbuf), "%dkB", XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2714        6956 :                 return xbuf;
    2715             :             }
    2716       80000 :         case GUC_UNIT_MS:
    2717       80000 :             return "ms";
    2718       38258 :         case GUC_UNIT_S:
    2719       38258 :             return "s";
    2720        6956 :         case GUC_UNIT_MIN:
    2721        6956 :             return "min";
    2722           0 :         default:
    2723           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized GUC units value: %d",
    2724             :                  flags & GUC_UNIT);
    2725             :             return NULL;
    2726             :     }
    2727             : }
    2728             : 
    2729             : 
    2730             : /*
    2731             :  * Try to parse value as an integer.  The accepted formats are the
    2732             :  * usual decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, as well as floating-point
    2733             :  * formats (which will be rounded to integer after any units conversion).
    2734             :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2735             :  * a unit is allowed.
    2736             :  *
    2737             :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2738             :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2739             :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2740             :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2741             :  */
    2742             : bool
    2743      123104 : parse_int(const char *value, int *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2744             : {
    2745             :     /*
    2746             :      * We assume here that double is wide enough to represent any integer
    2747             :      * value with adequate precision.
    2748             :      */
    2749             :     double      val;
    2750             :     char       *endptr;
    2751             : 
    2752             :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2753      123104 :     if (result)
    2754      123104 :         *result = 0;
    2755      123104 :     if (hintmsg)
    2756      114042 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2757             : 
    2758             :     /*
    2759             :      * Try to parse as an integer (allowing octal or hex input).  If the
    2760             :      * conversion stops at a decimal point or 'e', or overflows, re-parse as
    2761             :      * float.  This should work fine as long as we have no unit names starting
    2762             :      * with 'e'.  If we ever do, the test could be extended to check for a
    2763             :      * sign or digit after 'e', but for now that's unnecessary.
    2764             :      */
    2765      123104 :     errno = 0;
    2766      123104 :     val = strtol(value, &endptr, 0);
    2767      123104 :     if (*endptr == '.' || *endptr == 'e' || *endptr == 'E' ||
    2768      123092 :         errno == ERANGE)
    2769             :     {
    2770          12 :         errno = 0;
    2771          12 :         val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2772             :     }
    2773             : 
    2774      123104 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2775          22 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2776             : 
    2777             :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range check below) */
    2778      123082 :     if (isnan(val))
    2779           0 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2780             : 
    2781             :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2782      123122 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2783          40 :         endptr++;
    2784             : 
    2785             :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2786      123082 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2787             :     {
    2788       14896 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2789           4 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2790             : 
    2791       14892 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2792             :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2793             :                                   &val))
    2794             :         {
    2795             :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2796           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2797             :             {
    2798           0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2799           0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2800             :                 else
    2801           0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2802             :             }
    2803           0 :             return false;
    2804             :         }
    2805             :     }
    2806             : 
    2807             :     /* Round to int, then check for overflow */
    2808      123078 :     val = rint(val);
    2809             : 
    2810      123078 :     if (val > INT_MAX || val < INT_MIN)
    2811             :     {
    2812           6 :         if (hintmsg)
    2813           6 :             *hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
    2814           6 :         return false;
    2815             :     }
    2816             : 
    2817      123072 :     if (result)
    2818      123072 :         *result = (int) val;
    2819      123072 :     return true;
    2820             : }
    2821             : 
    2822             : /*
    2823             :  * Try to parse value as a floating point number in the usual format.
    2824             :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2825             :  * a unit is allowed.
    2826             :  *
    2827             :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2828             :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2829             :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2830             :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2831             :  */
    2832             : bool
    2833        9046 : parse_real(const char *value, double *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2834             : {
    2835             :     double      val;
    2836             :     char       *endptr;
    2837             : 
    2838             :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2839        9046 :     if (result)
    2840        9046 :         *result = 0;
    2841        9046 :     if (hintmsg)
    2842        8526 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2843             : 
    2844        9046 :     errno = 0;
    2845        9046 :     val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2846             : 
    2847        9046 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2848          18 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2849             : 
    2850             :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range checks later) */
    2851        9028 :     if (isnan(val))
    2852           6 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2853             : 
    2854             :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2855        9022 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2856           0 :         endptr++;
    2857             : 
    2858             :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2859        9022 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2860             :     {
    2861          32 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2862           4 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2863             : 
    2864          28 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2865             :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2866             :                                   &val))
    2867             :         {
    2868             :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2869           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2870             :             {
    2871           0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2872           0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2873             :                 else
    2874           0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2875             :             }
    2876           0 :             return false;
    2877             :         }
    2878             :     }
    2879             : 
    2880        9018 :     if (result)
    2881        9018 :         *result = val;
    2882        9018 :     return true;
    2883             : }
    2884             : 
    2885             : 
    2886             : /*
    2887             :  * Lookup the name for an enum option with the selected value.
    2888             :  * Should only ever be called with known-valid values, so throws
    2889             :  * an elog(ERROR) if the enum option is not found.
    2890             :  *
    2891             :  * The returned string is a pointer to static data and not
    2892             :  * allocated for modification.
    2893             :  */
    2894             : const char *
    2895      470602 : config_enum_lookup_by_value(const struct config_generic *record, int val)
    2896             : {
    2897     1158784 :     for (const struct config_enum_entry *entry = record->_enum.options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2898             :     {
    2899     1158784 :         if (entry->val == val)
    2900      470602 :             return entry->name;
    2901             :     }
    2902             : 
    2903           0 :     elog(ERROR, "could not find enum option %d for %s",
    2904             :          val, record->name);
    2905             :     return NULL;                /* silence compiler */
    2906             : }
    2907             : 
    2908             : 
    2909             : /*
    2910             :  * Lookup the value for an enum option with the selected name
    2911             :  * (case-insensitive).
    2912             :  * If the enum option is found, sets the retval value and returns
    2913             :  * true. If it's not found, return false and retval is set to 0.
    2914             :  */
    2915             : bool
    2916       75788 : config_enum_lookup_by_name(const struct config_enum *record, const char *value,
    2917             :                            int *retval)
    2918             : {
    2919      166000 :     for (const struct config_enum_entry *entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2920             :     {
    2921      165962 :         if (pg_strcasecmp(value, entry->name) == 0)
    2922             :         {
    2923       75750 :             *retval = entry->val;
    2924       75750 :             return true;
    2925             :         }
    2926             :     }
    2927             : 
    2928          38 :     *retval = 0;
    2929          38 :     return false;
    2930             : }
    2931             : 
    2932             : 
    2933             : /*
    2934             :  * Return a palloc'd string listing all the available options for an enum GUC
    2935             :  * (excluding hidden ones), separated by the given separator.
    2936             :  * If prefix is non-NULL, it is added before the first enum value.
    2937             :  * If suffix is non-NULL, it is added to the end of the string.
    2938             :  */
    2939             : char *
    2940      142138 : config_enum_get_options(const struct config_enum *record, const char *prefix,
    2941             :                         const char *suffix, const char *separator)
    2942             : {
    2943             :     StringInfoData retstr;
    2944             :     int         seplen;
    2945             : 
    2946      142138 :     initStringInfo(&retstr);
    2947      142138 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, prefix);
    2948             : 
    2949      142138 :     seplen = strlen(separator);
    2950      916344 :     for (const struct config_enum_entry *entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2951             :     {
    2952      774206 :         if (!entry->hidden)
    2953             :         {
    2954      558534 :             appendStringInfoString(&retstr, entry->name);
    2955      558534 :             appendBinaryStringInfo(&retstr, separator, seplen);
    2956             :         }
    2957             :     }
    2958             : 
    2959             :     /*
    2960             :      * All the entries may have been hidden, leaving the string empty if no
    2961             :      * prefix was given. This indicates a broken GUC setup, since there is no
    2962             :      * use for an enum without any values, so we just check to make sure we
    2963             :      * don't write to invalid memory instead of actually trying to do
    2964             :      * something smart with it.
    2965             :      */
    2966      142138 :     if (retstr.len >= seplen)
    2967             :     {
    2968             :         /* Replace final separator */
    2969      142138 :         retstr.data[retstr.len - seplen] = '\0';
    2970      142138 :         retstr.len -= seplen;
    2971             :     }
    2972             : 
    2973      142138 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, suffix);
    2974             : 
    2975      142138 :     return retstr.data;
    2976             : }
    2977             : 
    2978             : /*
    2979             :  * Parse and validate a proposed value for the specified configuration
    2980             :  * parameter.
    2981             :  *
    2982             :  * This does built-in checks (such as range limits for an integer parameter)
    2983             :  * and also calls any check hook the parameter may have.
    2984             :  *
    2985             :  * record: GUC variable's info record
    2986             :  * value: proposed value, as a string
    2987             :  * source: identifies source of value (check hooks may need this)
    2988             :  * elevel: level to log any error reports at
    2989             :  * newval: on success, converted parameter value is returned here
    2990             :  * newextra: on success, receives any "extra" data returned by check hook
    2991             :  *  (caller must initialize *newextra to NULL)
    2992             :  *
    2993             :  * Returns true if OK, false if not (or throws error, if elevel >= ERROR)
    2994             :  */
    2995             : static bool
    2996     1036366 : parse_and_validate_value(const struct config_generic *record,
    2997             :                          const char *value,
    2998             :                          GucSource source, int elevel,
    2999             :                          union config_var_val *newval, void **newextra)
    3000             : {
    3001     1036366 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3002             :     {
    3003      159022 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3004             :             {
    3005      159022 :                 if (!parse_bool(value, &newval->boolval))
    3006             :                 {
    3007           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3008             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3009             :                              errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a Boolean value",
    3010             :                                     record->name)));
    3011           0 :                     return false;
    3012             :                 }
    3013             : 
    3014      159022 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(record, &newval->boolval, newextra,
    3015             :                                           source, elevel))
    3016           0 :                     return false;
    3017             :             }
    3018      158998 :             break;
    3019      113988 :         case PGC_INT:
    3020             :             {
    3021      113988 :                 const struct config_int *conf = &record->_int;
    3022             :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3023             : 
    3024      113988 :                 if (!parse_int(value, &newval->intval,
    3025      113988 :                                record->flags, &hintmsg))
    3026             :                 {
    3027           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3028             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3029             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3030             :                                     record->name, value),
    3031             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3032           0 :                     return false;
    3033             :                 }
    3034             : 
    3035      113988 :                 if (newval->intval < conf->min || newval->intval > conf->max)
    3036             :                 {
    3037           4 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(record->flags);
    3038             :                     const char *unitspace;
    3039             : 
    3040           4 :                     if (unit)
    3041           0 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3042             :                     else
    3043           4 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3044             : 
    3045           4 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3046             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3047             :                              errmsg("%d%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%d%s%s .. %d%s%s)",
    3048             :                                     newval->intval, unitspace, unit,
    3049             :                                     record->name,
    3050             :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3051             :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3052           0 :                     return false;
    3053             :                 }
    3054             : 
    3055      113984 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(record, &newval->intval, newextra,
    3056             :                                          source, elevel))
    3057           0 :                     return false;
    3058             :             }
    3059      113984 :             break;
    3060        8504 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3061             :             {
    3062        8504 :                 const struct config_real *conf = &record->_real;
    3063             :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3064             : 
    3065        8504 :                 if (!parse_real(value, &newval->realval,
    3066        8504 :                                 record->flags, &hintmsg))
    3067             :                 {
    3068           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3069             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3070             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3071             :                                     record->name, value),
    3072             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3073           0 :                     return false;
    3074             :                 }
    3075             : 
    3076        8498 :                 if (newval->realval < conf->min || newval->realval > conf->max)
    3077             :                 {
    3078           6 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(record->flags);
    3079             :                     const char *unitspace;
    3080             : 
    3081           6 :                     if (unit)
    3082           6 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3083             :                     else
    3084           0 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3085             : 
    3086           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3087             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3088             :                              errmsg("%g%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%g%s%s .. %g%s%s)",
    3089             :                                     newval->realval, unitspace, unit,
    3090             :                                     record->name,
    3091             :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3092             :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3093           0 :                     return false;
    3094             :                 }
    3095             : 
    3096        8492 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(record, &newval->realval, newextra,
    3097             :                                           source, elevel))
    3098           0 :                     return false;
    3099             :             }
    3100        8492 :             break;
    3101      679064 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3102             :             {
    3103             :                 /*
    3104             :                  * The value passed by the caller could be transient, so we
    3105             :                  * always strdup it.
    3106             :                  */
    3107      679064 :                 newval->stringval = guc_strdup(elevel, value);
    3108      679064 :                 if (newval->stringval == NULL)
    3109           0 :                     return false;
    3110             : 
    3111             :                 /*
    3112             :                  * The only built-in "parsing" check we have is to apply
    3113             :                  * truncation if GUC_IS_NAME.
    3114             :                  */
    3115      679064 :                 if (record->flags & GUC_IS_NAME)
    3116      173902 :                     truncate_identifier(newval->stringval,
    3117      173902 :                                         strlen(newval->stringval),
    3118             :                                         true);
    3119             : 
    3120      679064 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(record, &newval->stringval, newextra,
    3121             :                                             source, elevel))
    3122             :                 {
    3123           6 :                     guc_free(newval->stringval);
    3124           6 :                     newval->stringval = NULL;
    3125           6 :                     return false;
    3126             :                 }
    3127             :             }
    3128      679012 :             break;
    3129       75788 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    3130             :             {
    3131       75788 :                 const struct config_enum *conf = &record->_enum;
    3132             : 
    3133       75788 :                 if (!config_enum_lookup_by_name(conf, value, &newval->enumval))
    3134             :                 {
    3135             :                     char       *hintmsg;
    3136             : 
    3137          38 :                     hintmsg = config_enum_get_options(conf,
    3138          38 :                                                       _("Available values: "),
    3139             : 
    3140             :                     /*
    3141             :                      * translator: This is the terminator of a list of entity
    3142             :                      * names.
    3143             :                      */
    3144          38 :                                                       _("."),
    3145             : 
    3146             :                     /*
    3147             :                      * translator: This is a separator in a list of entity
    3148             :                      * names.
    3149             :                      */
    3150          38 :                                                       _(", "));
    3151             : 
    3152          38 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3153             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3154             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3155             :                                     record->name, value),
    3156             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", hintmsg) : 0));
    3157             : 
    3158           0 :                     if (hintmsg)
    3159           0 :                         pfree(hintmsg);
    3160           0 :                     return false;
    3161             :                 }
    3162             : 
    3163       75750 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(record, &newval->enumval, newextra,
    3164             :                                           source, elevel))
    3165           0 :                     return false;
    3166             :             }
    3167       75748 :             break;
    3168             :     }
    3169             : 
    3170     1036234 :     return true;
    3171             : }
    3172             : 
    3173             : 
    3174             : /*
    3175             :  * set_config_option: sets option `name' to given value.
    3176             :  *
    3177             :  * The value should be a string, which will be parsed and converted to
    3178             :  * the appropriate data type.  The context and source parameters indicate
    3179             :  * in which context this function is being called, so that it can apply the
    3180             :  * access restrictions properly.
    3181             :  *
    3182             :  * If value is NULL, set the option to its default value (normally the
    3183             :  * reset_val, but if source == PGC_S_DEFAULT we instead use the boot_val).
    3184             :  *
    3185             :  * action indicates whether to set the value globally in the session, locally
    3186             :  * to the current top transaction, or just for the duration of a function call.
    3187             :  *
    3188             :  * If changeVal is false then don't really set the option but do all
    3189             :  * the checks to see if it would work.
    3190             :  *
    3191             :  * elevel should normally be passed as zero, allowing this function to make
    3192             :  * its standard choice of ereport level.  However some callers need to be
    3193             :  * able to override that choice; they should pass the ereport level to use.
    3194             :  *
    3195             :  * is_reload should be true only when called from read_nondefault_variables()
    3196             :  * or RestoreGUCState(), where we are trying to load some other process's
    3197             :  * GUC settings into a new process.
    3198             :  *
    3199             :  * Return value:
    3200             :  *  +1: the value is valid and was successfully applied.
    3201             :  *  0:  the name or value is invalid, or it's invalid to try to set
    3202             :  *      this GUC now; but elevel was less than ERROR (see below).
    3203             :  *  -1: no error detected, but the value was not applied, either
    3204             :  *      because changeVal is false or there is some overriding setting.
    3205             :  *
    3206             :  * If there is an error (non-existing option, invalid value, etc) then an
    3207             :  * ereport(ERROR) is thrown *unless* this is called for a source for which
    3208             :  * we don't want an ERROR (currently, those are defaults, the config file,
    3209             :  * and per-database or per-user settings, as well as callers who specify
    3210             :  * a less-than-ERROR elevel).  In those cases we write a suitable error
    3211             :  * message via ereport() and return 0.
    3212             :  *
    3213             :  * See also SetConfigOption for an external interface.
    3214             :  */
    3215             : int
    3216      906910 : set_config_option(const char *name, const char *value,
    3217             :                   GucContext context, GucSource source,
    3218             :                   GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3219             :                   bool is_reload)
    3220             : {
    3221             :     Oid         srole;
    3222             : 
    3223             :     /*
    3224             :      * Non-interactive sources should be treated as having all privileges,
    3225             :      * except for PGC_S_CLIENT.  Note in particular that this is true for
    3226             :      * pg_db_role_setting sources (PGC_S_GLOBAL etc): we assume a suitable
    3227             :      * privilege check was done when the pg_db_role_setting entry was made.
    3228             :      */
    3229      906910 :     if (source >= PGC_S_INTERACTIVE || source == PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3230      485216 :         srole = GetUserId();
    3231             :     else
    3232      421694 :         srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    3233             : 
    3234      906910 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3235             :                                   context, source, srole,
    3236             :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3237             :                                   is_reload);
    3238             : }
    3239             : 
    3240             : /*
    3241             :  * set_config_option_ext: sets option `name' to given value.
    3242             :  *
    3243             :  * This API adds the ability to explicitly specify which role OID
    3244             :  * is considered to be setting the value.  Most external callers can use
    3245             :  * set_config_option() and let it determine that based on the GucSource,
    3246             :  * but there are a few that are supplying a value that was determined
    3247             :  * in some special way and need to override the decision.  Also, when
    3248             :  * restoring a previously-assigned value, it's important to supply the
    3249             :  * same role OID that set the value originally; so all guc.c callers
    3250             :  * that are doing that type of thing need to call this directly.
    3251             :  *
    3252             :  * Generally, srole should be GetUserId() when the source is a SQL operation,
    3253             :  * or BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID if the source is a config file or similar.
    3254             :  */
    3255             : int
    3256      103960 : set_config_option_ext(const char *name, const char *value,
    3257             :                       GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3258             :                       GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3259             :                       bool is_reload)
    3260             : {
    3261      103960 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3262             :                                   context, source, srole,
    3263             :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3264             :                                   is_reload);
    3265             : }
    3266             : 
    3267             : 
    3268             : /*
    3269             :  * set_config_with_handle: sets option `name' to given value.
    3270             :  *
    3271             :  * This API adds the ability to pass a 'handle' argument, which can be
    3272             :  * obtained by the caller from get_config_handle().  NULL has no effect,
    3273             :  * but a non-null value avoids the need to search the GUC tables.
    3274             :  *
    3275             :  * This should be used by callers which repeatedly set the same config
    3276             :  * option(s), and want to avoid the overhead of a hash lookup each time.
    3277             :  */
    3278             : int
    3279     1042234 : set_config_with_handle(const char *name, config_handle *handle,
    3280             :                        const char *value,
    3281             :                        GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3282             :                        GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3283             :                        bool is_reload)
    3284             : {
    3285             :     struct config_generic *record;
    3286             :     union config_var_val newval_union;
    3287     1042234 :     void       *newextra = NULL;
    3288     1042234 :     bool        prohibitValueChange = false;
    3289             :     bool        makeDefault;
    3290             : 
    3291     1042234 :     if (elevel == 0)
    3292             :     {
    3293      907106 :         if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT || source == PGC_S_FILE)
    3294             :         {
    3295             :             /*
    3296             :              * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly
    3297             :              * about problems with the config file.
    3298             :              */
    3299       97710 :             elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    3300             :         }
    3301      809396 :         else if (source == PGC_S_GLOBAL ||
    3302      767170 :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE ||
    3303      767166 :                  source == PGC_S_USER ||
    3304             :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE_USER)
    3305       42230 :             elevel = WARNING;
    3306             :         else
    3307      767166 :             elevel = ERROR;
    3308             :     }
    3309             : 
    3310             :     /* if handle is specified, no need to look up option */
    3311     1042234 :     if (!handle)
    3312             :     {
    3313     1042050 :         record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    3314     1041978 :         if (record == NULL)
    3315           0 :             return 0;
    3316             :     }
    3317             :     else
    3318         184 :         record = handle;
    3319             : 
    3320             :     /*
    3321             :      * GUC_ACTION_SAVE changes are acceptable during a parallel operation,
    3322             :      * because the current worker will also pop the change.  We're probably
    3323             :      * dealing with a function having a proconfig entry.  Only the function's
    3324             :      * body should observe the change, and peer workers do not share in the
    3325             :      * execution of a function call started by this worker.
    3326             :      *
    3327             :      * Also allow normal setting if the GUC is marked GUC_ALLOW_IN_PARALLEL.
    3328             :      *
    3329             :      * Other changes might need to affect other workers, so forbid them.
    3330             :      */
    3331     1042162 :     if (IsInParallelMode() && changeVal && action != GUC_ACTION_SAVE &&
    3332          18 :         (record->flags & GUC_ALLOW_IN_PARALLEL) == 0)
    3333             :     {
    3334           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    3335             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
    3336             :                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set during a parallel operation",
    3337             :                         record->name)));
    3338           0 :         return 0;
    3339             :     }
    3340             : 
    3341             :     /*
    3342             :      * Check if the option can be set at this time. See guc.h for the precise
    3343             :      * rules.
    3344             :      */
    3345     1042162 :     switch (record->context)
    3346             :     {
    3347      132486 :         case PGC_INTERNAL:
    3348      132486 :             if (context != PGC_INTERNAL)
    3349             :             {
    3350           4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3351             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3352             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    3353             :                                 record->name)));
    3354           0 :                 return 0;
    3355             :             }
    3356      132482 :             break;
    3357       62584 :         case PGC_POSTMASTER:
    3358       62584 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3359             :             {
    3360             :                 /*
    3361             :                  * We are re-reading a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
    3362             :                  * postgresql.conf.  We can't change the setting, so we should
    3363             :                  * give a warning if the DBA tries to change it.  However,
    3364             :                  * because of variant formats, canonicalization by check
    3365             :                  * hooks, etc, we can't just compare the given string directly
    3366             :                  * to what's stored.  Set a flag to check below after we have
    3367             :                  * the final storable value.
    3368             :                  */
    3369       16052 :                 prohibitValueChange = true;
    3370             :             }
    3371       46532 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3372             :             {
    3373           8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3374             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3375             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3376             :                                 record->name)));
    3377           0 :                 return 0;
    3378             :             }
    3379       62576 :             break;
    3380       52296 :         case PGC_SIGHUP:
    3381       52296 :             if (context != PGC_SIGHUP && context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3382             :             {
    3383           6 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3384             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3385             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed now",
    3386             :                                 record->name)));
    3387           0 :                 return 0;
    3388             :             }
    3389             : 
    3390             :             /*
    3391             :              * Hmm, the idea of the SIGHUP context is "ought to be global, but
    3392             :              * can be changed after postmaster start". But there's nothing
    3393             :              * that prevents a crafty administrator from sending SIGHUP
    3394             :              * signals to individual backends only.
    3395             :              */
    3396       52290 :             break;
    3397         356 :         case PGC_SU_BACKEND:
    3398         356 :             if (context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3399             :             {
    3400             :                 /*
    3401             :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3402             :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3403             :                  */
    3404             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3405             : 
    3406           0 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(record->name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3407           0 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3408             :                 {
    3409             :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3410           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3411             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3412             :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3413             :                                     record->name)));
    3414           0 :                     return 0;
    3415             :                 }
    3416             :             }
    3417             :             /* fall through to process the same as PGC_BACKEND */
    3418             :             /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3419             :         case PGC_BACKEND:
    3420         360 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3421             :             {
    3422             :                 /*
    3423             :                  * If a PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND parameter is changed in
    3424             :                  * the config file, we want to accept the new value in the
    3425             :                  * postmaster (whence it will propagate to
    3426             :                  * subsequently-started backends), but ignore it in existing
    3427             :                  * backends.  This is a tad klugy, but necessary because we
    3428             :                  * don't re-read the config file during backend start.
    3429             :                  *
    3430             :                  * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since
    3431             :                  * we are trying to find out if the value is potentially good,
    3432             :                  * not actually use it.
    3433             :                  *
    3434             :                  * In EXEC_BACKEND builds, this works differently: we load all
    3435             :                  * non-default settings from the CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS file
    3436             :                  * during backend start.  In that case we must accept
    3437             :                  * PGC_SIGHUP settings, so as to have the same value as if
    3438             :                  * we'd forked from the postmaster.  This can also happen when
    3439             :                  * using RestoreGUCState() within a background worker that
    3440             :                  * needs to have the same settings as the user backend that
    3441             :                  * started it. is_reload will be true when either situation
    3442             :                  * applies.
    3443             :                  */
    3444         212 :                 if (IsUnderPostmaster && changeVal && !is_reload)
    3445         106 :                     return -1;
    3446             :             }
    3447         148 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    3448           8 :                      context != PGC_BACKEND &&
    3449           8 :                      context != PGC_SU_BACKEND &&
    3450             :                      source != PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3451             :             {
    3452           8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3453             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3454             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
    3455             :                                 record->name)));
    3456           0 :                 return 0;
    3457             :             }
    3458         246 :             break;
    3459       42404 :         case PGC_SUSET:
    3460       42404 :             if (context == PGC_USERSET || context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3461             :             {
    3462             :                 /*
    3463             :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3464             :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3465             :                  */
    3466             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3467             : 
    3468          30 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(record->name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3469          30 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3470             :                 {
    3471             :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3472          16 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3473             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3474             :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3475             :                                     record->name)));
    3476           4 :                     return 0;
    3477             :                 }
    3478             :             }
    3479       42388 :             break;
    3480      752032 :         case PGC_USERSET:
    3481             :             /* always okay */
    3482      752032 :             break;
    3483             :     }
    3484             : 
    3485             :     /*
    3486             :      * Disallow changing GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST values if we are inside a
    3487             :      * security restriction context.  We can reject this regardless of the GUC
    3488             :      * context or source, mainly because sources that it might be reasonable
    3489             :      * to override for won't be seen while inside a function.
    3490             :      *
    3491             :      * Note: variables marked GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST should usually be marked
    3492             :      * GUC_NO_RESET_ALL as well, because ResetAllOptions() doesn't check this.
    3493             :      * An exception might be made if the reset value is assumed to be "safe".
    3494             :      *
    3495             :      * Note: this flag is currently used for "session_authorization" and
    3496             :      * "role".  We need to prohibit changing these inside a local userid
    3497             :      * context because when we exit it, GUC won't be notified, leaving things
    3498             :      * out of sync.  (This could be fixed by forcing a new GUC nesting level,
    3499             :      * but that would change behavior in possibly-undesirable ways.)  Also, we
    3500             :      * prohibit changing these in a security-restricted operation because
    3501             :      * otherwise RESET could be used to regain the session user's privileges.
    3502             :      */
    3503     1042014 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST)
    3504             :     {
    3505       69820 :         if (InLocalUserIdChange())
    3506             :         {
    3507             :             /*
    3508             :              * Phrasing of this error message is historical, but it's the most
    3509             :              * common case.
    3510             :              */
    3511           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3512             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3513             :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-definer function",
    3514             :                             record->name)));
    3515           0 :             return 0;
    3516             :         }
    3517       69820 :         if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    3518             :         {
    3519           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3520             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3521             :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-restricted operation",
    3522             :                             record->name)));
    3523           0 :             return 0;
    3524             :         }
    3525             :     }
    3526             : 
    3527             :     /* Disallow resetting and saving GUC_NO_RESET values */
    3528     1042014 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NO_RESET)
    3529             :     {
    3530       24058 :         if (value == NULL)
    3531             :         {
    3532          18 :             ereport(elevel,
    3533             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3534             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be reset", record->name)));
    3535           0 :             return 0;
    3536             :         }
    3537       24040 :         if (action == GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3538             :         {
    3539           6 :             ereport(elevel,
    3540             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3541             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set locally in functions",
    3542             :                             record->name)));
    3543           0 :             return 0;
    3544             :         }
    3545             :     }
    3546             : 
    3547             :     /*
    3548             :      * Should we set reset/stacked values?  (If so, the behavior is not
    3549             :      * transactional.)  This is done either when we get a default value from
    3550             :      * the database's/user's/client's default settings or when we reset a
    3551             :      * value to its default.
    3552             :      */
    3553     1041994 :     makeDefault = changeVal && (source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE) &&
    3554           4 :         ((value != NULL) || source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    3555             : 
    3556             :     /*
    3557             :      * Ignore attempted set if overridden by previously processed setting.
    3558             :      * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since we are
    3559             :      * trying to find out if the value is potentially good, not actually use
    3560             :      * it. Also keep going if makeDefault is true, since we may want to set
    3561             :      * the reset/stacked values even if we can't set the variable itself.
    3562             :      */
    3563     1041990 :     if (record->source > source)
    3564             :     {
    3565        2228 :         if (changeVal && !makeDefault)
    3566             :         {
    3567           0 :             elog(DEBUG3, "\"%s\": setting ignored because previous source is higher priority",
    3568             :                  record->name);
    3569           0 :             return -1;
    3570             :         }
    3571        2228 :         changeVal = false;
    3572             :     }
    3573             : 
    3574             :     /*
    3575             :      * Evaluate value and set variable.
    3576             :      */
    3577     1041990 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3578             :     {
    3579      160530 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3580             :             {
    3581      160530 :                 struct config_bool *conf = &record->_bool;
    3582             : 
    3583             : #define newval (newval_union.boolval)
    3584             : 
    3585      160530 :                 if (value)
    3586             :                 {
    3587      158998 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3588             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3589             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3590           0 :                         return 0;
    3591             :                 }
    3592        1532 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3593             :                 {
    3594           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3595           0 :                     if (!call_bool_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3596             :                                               source, elevel))
    3597           0 :                         return 0;
    3598             :                 }
    3599             :                 else
    3600             :                 {
    3601        1532 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3602        1532 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3603        1532 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3604        1532 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3605        1532 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3606             :                 }
    3607             : 
    3608      160506 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3609             :                 {
    3610             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3611        1578 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3612           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3613             : 
    3614        1578 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3615             :                     {
    3616           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3617           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3618             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3619             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3620             :                                         record->name)));
    3621           0 :                         return 0;
    3622             :                     }
    3623        1578 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3624        1578 :                     return -1;
    3625             :                 }
    3626             : 
    3627      158928 :                 if (changeVal)
    3628             :                 {
    3629             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3630      158800 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3631       29078 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3632             : 
    3633      158800 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3634           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3635      158800 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3636      158800 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3637             :                                     newextra);
    3638      158800 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3639      158800 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3640      158800 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3641             :                 }
    3642      158928 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3643             :                 {
    3644      129824 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    3645             :                     {
    3646      129722 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3647      129722 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    3648             :                                         newextra);
    3649      129722 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    3650      129722 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    3651      129722 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    3652             :                     }
    3653      129824 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3654             :                     {
    3655           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3656             :                         {
    3657           0 :                             stack->prior.val.boolval = newval;
    3658           0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    3659             :                                             newextra);
    3660           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3661           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3662           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3663             :                         }
    3664             :                     }
    3665             :                 }
    3666             : 
    3667             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3668      158928 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3669           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3670      158928 :                 break;
    3671             : 
    3672             : #undef newval
    3673             :             }
    3674             : 
    3675      114346 :         case PGC_INT:
    3676             :             {
    3677      114346 :                 struct config_int *conf = &record->_int;
    3678             : 
    3679             : #define newval (newval_union.intval)
    3680             : 
    3681      114346 :                 if (value)
    3682             :                 {
    3683      113952 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3684             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3685             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3686           0 :                         return 0;
    3687             :                 }
    3688         394 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3689             :                 {
    3690           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3691           0 :                     if (!call_int_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3692             :                                              source, elevel))
    3693           0 :                         return 0;
    3694             :                 }
    3695             :                 else
    3696             :                 {
    3697         394 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3698         394 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3699         394 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3700         394 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3701         394 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3702             :                 }
    3703             : 
    3704      114346 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3705             :                 {
    3706             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3707        8334 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3708           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3709             : 
    3710        8334 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3711             :                     {
    3712           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3713           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3714             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3715             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3716             :                                         record->name)));
    3717           0 :                         return 0;
    3718             :                     }
    3719        8334 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3720        8334 :                     return -1;
    3721             :                 }
    3722             : 
    3723      106012 :                 if (changeVal)
    3724             :                 {
    3725             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3726      104380 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3727       22024 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3728             : 
    3729      104380 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3730       18302 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3731      104380 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3732      104380 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3733             :                                     newextra);
    3734      104380 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3735      104380 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3736      104380 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3737             :                 }
    3738      106012 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3739             :                 {
    3740       83904 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    3741             :                     {
    3742       82356 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3743       82356 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    3744             :                                         newextra);
    3745       82356 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    3746       82356 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    3747       82356 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    3748             :                     }
    3749       83904 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3750             :                     {
    3751           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3752             :                         {
    3753           0 :                             stack->prior.val.intval = newval;
    3754           0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    3755             :                                             newextra);
    3756           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3757           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3758           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3759             :                         }
    3760             :                     }
    3761             :                 }
    3762             : 
    3763             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3764      106012 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3765           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3766      106012 :                 break;
    3767             : 
    3768             : #undef newval
    3769             :             }
    3770             : 
    3771        8692 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3772             :             {
    3773        8692 :                 struct config_real *conf = &record->_real;
    3774             : 
    3775             : #define newval (newval_union.realval)
    3776             : 
    3777        8692 :                 if (value)
    3778             :                 {
    3779        8504 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3780             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3781             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3782           0 :                         return 0;
    3783             :                 }
    3784         188 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3785             :                 {
    3786           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3787           0 :                     if (!call_real_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3788             :                                               source, elevel))
    3789           0 :                         return 0;
    3790             :                 }
    3791             :                 else
    3792             :                 {
    3793         188 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3794         188 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3795         188 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3796         188 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3797         188 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3798             :                 }
    3799             : 
    3800        8680 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3801             :                 {
    3802             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3803           0 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3804           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3805             : 
    3806           0 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3807             :                     {
    3808           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3809           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3810             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3811             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3812             :                                         record->name)));
    3813           0 :                         return 0;
    3814             :                     }
    3815           0 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3816           0 :                     return -1;
    3817             :                 }
    3818             : 
    3819        8680 :                 if (changeVal)
    3820             :                 {
    3821             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3822        8680 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3823        8680 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3824             : 
    3825        8680 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3826           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3827        8680 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3828        8680 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3829             :                                     newextra);
    3830        8680 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3831        8680 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3832        8680 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3833             :                 }
    3834        8680 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3835             :                 {
    3836           0 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    3837             :                     {
    3838           0 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3839           0 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    3840             :                                         newextra);
    3841           0 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    3842           0 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    3843           0 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    3844             :                     }
    3845           0 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3846             :                     {
    3847           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3848             :                         {
    3849           0 :                             stack->prior.val.realval = newval;
    3850           0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    3851             :                                             newextra);
    3852           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3853           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3854           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3855             :                         }
    3856             :                     }
    3857             :                 }
    3858             : 
    3859             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3860        8680 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3861           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3862        8680 :                 break;
    3863             : 
    3864             : #undef newval
    3865             :             }
    3866             : 
    3867      682092 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3868             :             {
    3869      682092 :                 struct config_string *conf = &record->_string;
    3870      682092 :                 GucContext  orig_context = context;
    3871      682092 :                 GucSource   orig_source = source;
    3872      682092 :                 Oid         orig_srole = srole;
    3873             : 
    3874             : #define newval (newval_union.stringval)
    3875             : 
    3876      682092 :                 if (value)
    3877             :                 {
    3878      679014 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3879             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3880             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3881           6 :                         return 0;
    3882             :                 }
    3883        3078 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3884             :                 {
    3885             :                     /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    3886           4 :                     if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    3887             :                     {
    3888           4 :                         newval = guc_strdup(elevel, conf->boot_val);
    3889           4 :                         if (newval == NULL)
    3890           0 :                             return 0;
    3891             :                     }
    3892             :                     else
    3893           0 :                         newval = NULL;
    3894             : 
    3895           4 :                     if (!call_string_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3896             :                                                 source, elevel))
    3897             :                     {
    3898           0 :                         guc_free(newval);
    3899           0 :                         return 0;
    3900             :                     }
    3901             :                 }
    3902             :                 else
    3903             :                 {
    3904             :                     /*
    3905             :                      * strdup not needed, since reset_val is already under
    3906             :                      * guc.c's control
    3907             :                      */
    3908        3074 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3909        3074 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3910        3074 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3911        3074 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3912        3074 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3913             :                 }
    3914             : 
    3915      682044 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3916             :                 {
    3917             :                     bool        newval_different;
    3918             : 
    3919             :                     /* newval shouldn't be NULL, so we're a bit sloppy here */
    3920        8664 :                     newval_different = (*conf->variable == NULL ||
    3921        5776 :                                         newval == NULL ||
    3922        2888 :                                         strcmp(*conf->variable, newval) != 0);
    3923             : 
    3924             :                     /* Release newval, unless it's reset_val */
    3925        2888 :                     if (newval && !string_field_used(record, newval))
    3926        2888 :                         guc_free(newval);
    3927             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3928        2888 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3929           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3930             : 
    3931        2888 :                     if (newval_different)
    3932             :                     {
    3933           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3934           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3935             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3936             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3937             :                                         record->name)));
    3938           0 :                         return 0;
    3939             :                     }
    3940        2888 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3941        2888 :                     return -1;
    3942             :                 }
    3943             : 
    3944      679156 :                 if (changeVal)
    3945             :                 {
    3946             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3947      677416 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3948      380698 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3949             : 
    3950      677416 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3951      620206 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3952      677414 :                     set_string_field(record, conf->variable, newval);
    3953      677414 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3954             :                                     newextra);
    3955      677414 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3956      677414 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3957      677414 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3958             : 
    3959             :                     /*
    3960             :                      * Ugly hack: during SET session_authorization, forcibly
    3961             :                      * do SET ROLE NONE with the same context/source/etc, so
    3962             :                      * that the effects will have identical lifespan.  This is
    3963             :                      * required by the SQL spec, and it's not possible to do
    3964             :                      * it within the variable's check hook or assign hook
    3965             :                      * because our APIs for those don't pass enough info.
    3966             :                      * However, don't do it if is_reload: in that case we
    3967             :                      * expect that if "role" isn't supposed to be default, it
    3968             :                      * has been or will be set by a separate reload action.
    3969             :                      *
    3970             :                      * Also, for the call from InitializeSessionUserId with
    3971             :                      * source == PGC_S_OVERRIDE, use PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT for
    3972             :                      * "role"'s source, so that it's still possible to set
    3973             :                      * "role" from pg_db_role_setting entries.  (See notes in
    3974             :                      * InitializeSessionUserId before changing this.)
    3975             :                      *
    3976             :                      * A fine point: for RESET session_authorization, we do
    3977             :                      * "RESET role" not "SET ROLE NONE" (by passing down NULL
    3978             :                      * rather than "none" for the value).  This would have the
    3979             :                      * same effects in typical cases, but if the reset value
    3980             :                      * of "role" is not "none" it seems better to revert to
    3981             :                      * that.
    3982             :                      */
    3983      677414 :                     if (!is_reload &&
    3984      635796 :                         strcmp(record->name, "session_authorization") == 0)
    3985       31180 :                         (void) set_config_with_handle("role", NULL,
    3986             :                                                       value ? "none" : NULL,
    3987             :                                                       orig_context,
    3988             :                                                       (orig_source == PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    3989             :                                                       ? PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT
    3990             :                                                       : orig_source,
    3991             :                                                       orig_srole,
    3992             :                                                       action,
    3993             :                                                       true,
    3994             :                                                       elevel,
    3995             :                                                       false);
    3996             :                 }
    3997             : 
    3998      679154 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3999             :                 {
    4000      297218 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    4001             :                     {
    4002      296716 :                         set_string_field(record, &conf->reset_val, newval);
    4003      296716 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    4004             :                                         newextra);
    4005      296716 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    4006      296716 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    4007      296716 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    4008             :                     }
    4009      297218 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4010             :                     {
    4011           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4012             :                         {
    4013           0 :                             set_string_field(record, &stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4014             :                                              newval);
    4015           0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    4016             :                                             newextra);
    4017           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4018           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4019           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4020             :                         }
    4021             :                     }
    4022             :                 }
    4023             : 
    4024             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newval anywhere */
    4025      679154 :                 if (newval && !string_field_used(record, newval))
    4026        1712 :                     guc_free(newval);
    4027             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4028      679154 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    4029         520 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4030      679154 :                 break;
    4031             : 
    4032             : #undef newval
    4033             :             }
    4034             : 
    4035       76330 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4036             :             {
    4037       76330 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &record->_enum;
    4038             : 
    4039             : #define newval (newval_union.enumval)
    4040             : 
    4041       76330 :                 if (value)
    4042             :                 {
    4043       75782 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4044             :                                                   source, elevel,
    4045             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4046           0 :                         return 0;
    4047             :                 }
    4048         548 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4049             :                 {
    4050           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    4051           0 :                     if (!call_enum_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    4052             :                                               source, elevel))
    4053           0 :                         return 0;
    4054             :                 }
    4055             :                 else
    4056             :                 {
    4057         548 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4058         548 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    4059         548 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    4060         548 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    4061         548 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    4062             :                 }
    4063             : 
    4064       76290 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4065             :                 {
    4066             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4067        3252 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    4068           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4069             : 
    4070        3252 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    4071             :                     {
    4072           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4073           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4074             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4075             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4076             :                                         record->name)));
    4077           0 :                         return 0;
    4078             :                     }
    4079        3252 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4080        3252 :                     return -1;
    4081             :                 }
    4082             : 
    4083       73038 :                 if (changeVal)
    4084             :                 {
    4085             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4086       72814 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4087       20560 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    4088             : 
    4089       72814 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4090       11242 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4091       72814 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    4092       72814 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    4093             :                                     newextra);
    4094       72814 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    4095       72814 :                     record->scontext = context;
    4096       72814 :                     record->srole = srole;
    4097             :                 }
    4098       73038 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4099             :                 {
    4100       52254 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    4101             :                     {
    4102       52254 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    4103       52254 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    4104             :                                         newextra);
    4105       52254 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    4106       52254 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    4107       52254 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    4108             :                     }
    4109       52254 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4110             :                     {
    4111           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4112             :                         {
    4113           0 :                             stack->prior.val.enumval = newval;
    4114           0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    4115             :                                             newextra);
    4116           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4117           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4118           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4119             :                         }
    4120             :                     }
    4121             :                 }
    4122             : 
    4123             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4124       73038 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    4125           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4126       73038 :                 break;
    4127             : 
    4128             : #undef newval
    4129             :             }
    4130             :     }
    4131             : 
    4132     1025812 :     if (changeVal && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    4133      642850 :         !(record->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    4134             :     {
    4135      257036 :         record->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    4136      257036 :         slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &record->report_link);
    4137             :     }
    4138             : 
    4139     1025812 :     return changeVal ? 1 : -1;
    4140             : }
    4141             : 
    4142             : 
    4143             : /*
    4144             :  * Retrieve a config_handle for the given name, suitable for calling
    4145             :  * set_config_with_handle(). Only return handle to permanent GUC.
    4146             :  */
    4147             : config_handle *
    4148         132 : get_config_handle(const char *name)
    4149             : {
    4150         132 :     struct config_generic *gen = find_option(name, false, false, 0);
    4151             : 
    4152         132 :     if (gen && ((gen->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0))
    4153         132 :         return gen;
    4154             : 
    4155           0 :     return NULL;
    4156             : }
    4157             : 
    4158             : 
    4159             : /*
    4160             :  * Set the fields for source file and line number the setting came from.
    4161             :  */
    4162             : static void
    4163      147542 : set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile, int sourceline)
    4164             : {
    4165             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4166             :     int         elevel;
    4167             : 
    4168             :     /*
    4169             :      * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly about
    4170             :      * problems with the config file.
    4171             :      */
    4172      147542 :     elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    4173             : 
    4174      147542 :     record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    4175             :     /* should not happen */
    4176      147542 :     if (record == NULL)
    4177           0 :         return;
    4178             : 
    4179      147542 :     sourcefile = guc_strdup(elevel, sourcefile);
    4180      147542 :     guc_free(record->sourcefile);
    4181      147542 :     record->sourcefile = sourcefile;
    4182      147542 :     record->sourceline = sourceline;
    4183             : }
    4184             : 
    4185             : /*
    4186             :  * Set a config option to the given value.
    4187             :  *
    4188             :  * See also set_config_option; this is just the wrapper to be called from
    4189             :  * outside GUC.  (This function should be used when possible, because its API
    4190             :  * is more stable than set_config_option's.)
    4191             :  *
    4192             :  * Note: there is no support here for setting source file/line, as it
    4193             :  * is currently not needed.
    4194             :  */
    4195             : void
    4196      329334 : SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value,
    4197             :                 GucContext context, GucSource source)
    4198             : {
    4199      329334 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value, context, source,
    4200             :                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false);
    4201      329284 : }
    4202             : 
    4203             : 
    4204             : 
    4205             : /*
    4206             :  * Fetch the current value of the option `name', as a string.
    4207             :  *
    4208             :  * If the option doesn't exist, return NULL if missing_ok is true,
    4209             :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4210             :  *
    4211             :  * If restrict_privileged is true, we also enforce that only superusers and
    4212             :  * members of the pg_read_all_settings role can see GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
    4213             :  * variables.  This should only be passed as true in user-driven calls.
    4214             :  *
    4215             :  * The string is *not* allocated for modification and is really only
    4216             :  * valid until the next call to configuration related functions.
    4217             :  */
    4218             : const char *
    4219       13740 : GetConfigOption(const char *name, bool missing_ok, bool restrict_privileged)
    4220             : {
    4221             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4222             :     static char buffer[256];
    4223             : 
    4224       13740 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4225       13740 :     if (record == NULL)
    4226           2 :         return NULL;
    4227       13738 :     if (restrict_privileged &&
    4228           0 :         !ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4229           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4230             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4231             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4232             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4233             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4234             : 
    4235       13738 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4236             :     {
    4237        2320 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4238        2320 :             return *record->_bool.variable ? "on" : "off";
    4239             : 
    4240        3502 :         case PGC_INT:
    4241        3502 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4242        3502 :                      *record->_int.variable);
    4243        3502 :             return buffer;
    4244             : 
    4245           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4246           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4247           0 :                      *record->_real.variable);
    4248           0 :             return buffer;
    4249             : 
    4250        6394 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4251        6394 :             return *record->_string.variable ?
    4252        6394 :                 *record->_string.variable : "";
    4253             : 
    4254        1522 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4255        1522 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value(record,
    4256        1522 :                                                *record->_enum.variable);
    4257             :     }
    4258           0 :     return NULL;
    4259             : }
    4260             : 
    4261             : /*
    4262             :  * Get the RESET value associated with the given option.
    4263             :  *
    4264             :  * Note: this is not re-entrant, due to use of static result buffer;
    4265             :  * not to mention that a string variable could have its reset_val changed.
    4266             :  * Beware of assuming the result value is good for very long.
    4267             :  */
    4268             : const char *
    4269           0 : GetConfigOptionResetString(const char *name)
    4270             : {
    4271             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4272             :     static char buffer[256];
    4273             : 
    4274           0 :     record = find_option(name, false, false, ERROR);
    4275             :     Assert(record != NULL);
    4276           0 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4277           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4278             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4279             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4280             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4281             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4282             : 
    4283           0 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4284             :     {
    4285           0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4286           0 :             return record->_bool.reset_val ? "on" : "off";
    4287             : 
    4288           0 :         case PGC_INT:
    4289           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4290             :                      record->_int.reset_val);
    4291           0 :             return buffer;
    4292             : 
    4293           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4294           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4295             :                      record->_real.reset_val);
    4296           0 :             return buffer;
    4297             : 
    4298           0 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4299           0 :             return record->_string.reset_val ?
    4300           0 :                 record->_string.reset_val : "";
    4301             : 
    4302           0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4303           0 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value(record,
    4304             :                                                record->_enum.reset_val);
    4305             :     }
    4306           0 :     return NULL;
    4307             : }
    4308             : 
    4309             : /*
    4310             :  * Get the GUC flags associated with the given option.
    4311             :  *
    4312             :  * If the option doesn't exist, return 0 if missing_ok is true,
    4313             :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4314             :  */
    4315             : int
    4316          40 : GetConfigOptionFlags(const char *name, bool missing_ok)
    4317             : {
    4318             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4319             : 
    4320          40 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4321          40 :     if (record == NULL)
    4322           0 :         return 0;
    4323          40 :     return record->flags;
    4324             : }
    4325             : 
    4326             : 
    4327             : /*
    4328             :  * Write updated configuration parameter values into a temporary file.
    4329             :  * This function traverses the list of parameters and quotes the string
    4330             :  * values before writing them.
    4331             :  */
    4332             : static void
    4333         154 : write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head)
    4334             : {
    4335             :     StringInfoData buf;
    4336             : 
    4337         154 :     initStringInfo(&buf);
    4338             : 
    4339             :     /* Emit file header containing warning comment */
    4340         154 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# Do not edit this file manually!\n");
    4341         154 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# It will be overwritten by the ALTER SYSTEM command.\n");
    4342             : 
    4343         154 :     errno = 0;
    4344         154 :     if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4345             :     {
    4346             :         /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4347           0 :         if (errno == 0)
    4348           0 :             errno = ENOSPC;
    4349           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4350             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4351             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4352             :     }
    4353             : 
    4354             :     /* Emit each parameter, properly quoting the value */
    4355         334 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
    4356             :     {
    4357             :         char       *escaped;
    4358             : 
    4359         180 :         resetStringInfo(&buf);
    4360             : 
    4361         180 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, item->name);
    4362         180 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, " = '");
    4363             : 
    4364         180 :         escaped = escape_single_quotes_ascii(item->value);
    4365         180 :         if (!escaped)
    4366           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4367             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    4368             :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
    4369         180 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, escaped);
    4370         180 :         free(escaped);
    4371             : 
    4372         180 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, "'\n");
    4373             : 
    4374         180 :         errno = 0;
    4375         180 :         if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4376             :         {
    4377             :             /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4378           0 :             if (errno == 0)
    4379           0 :                 errno = ENOSPC;
    4380           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4381             :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4382             :                      errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4383             :         }
    4384             :     }
    4385             : 
    4386             :     /* fsync before considering the write to be successful */
    4387         154 :     if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
    4388           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4389             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4390             :                  errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4391             : 
    4392         154 :     pfree(buf.data);
    4393         154 : }
    4394             : 
    4395             : /*
    4396             :  * Update the given list of configuration parameters, adding, replacing
    4397             :  * or deleting the entry for item "name" (delete if "value" == NULL).
    4398             :  */
    4399             : static void
    4400         154 : replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
    4401             :                           const char *name, const char *value)
    4402             : {
    4403             :     ConfigVariable *newitem,
    4404             :                *next,
    4405         154 :                *prev = NULL;
    4406             : 
    4407             :     /*
    4408             :      * Remove any existing match(es) for "name".  Normally there'd be at most
    4409             :      * one, but if external tools have modified the config file, there could
    4410             :      * be more.
    4411             :      */
    4412         300 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = *head_p; item != NULL; item = next)
    4413             :     {
    4414         146 :         next = item->next;
    4415         146 :         if (guc_name_compare(item->name, name) == 0)
    4416             :         {
    4417             :             /* found a match, delete it */
    4418          76 :             if (prev)
    4419          12 :                 prev->next = next;
    4420             :             else
    4421          64 :                 *head_p = next;
    4422          76 :             if (next == NULL)
    4423          70 :                 *tail_p = prev;
    4424             : 
    4425          76 :             pfree(item->name);
    4426          76 :             pfree(item->value);
    4427          76 :             pfree(item->filename);
    4428          76 :             pfree(item);
    4429             :         }
    4430             :         else
    4431          70 :             prev = item;
    4432             :     }
    4433             : 
    4434             :     /* Done if we're trying to delete it */
    4435         154 :     if (value == NULL)
    4436          44 :         return;
    4437             : 
    4438             :     /* OK, append a new entry */
    4439         110 :     newitem = palloc_object(ConfigVariable);
    4440         110 :     newitem->name = pstrdup(name);
    4441         110 :     newitem->value = pstrdup(value);
    4442         110 :     newitem->errmsg = NULL;
    4443         110 :     newitem->filename = pstrdup("");   /* new item has no location */
    4444         110 :     newitem->sourceline = 0;
    4445         110 :     newitem->ignore = false;
    4446         110 :     newitem->applied = false;
    4447         110 :     newitem->next = NULL;
    4448             : 
    4449         110 :     if (*head_p == NULL)
    4450          82 :         *head_p = newitem;
    4451             :     else
    4452          28 :         (*tail_p)->next = newitem;
    4453         110 :     *tail_p = newitem;
    4454             : }
    4455             : 
    4456             : 
    4457             : /*
    4458             :  * Execute ALTER SYSTEM statement.
    4459             :  *
    4460             :  * Read the old PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, merge in the new variable value,
    4461             :  * and write out an updated file.  If the command is ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL,
    4462             :  * we can skip reading the old file and just write an empty file.
    4463             :  *
    4464             :  * An LWLock is used to serialize updates of the configuration file.
    4465             :  *
    4466             :  * In case of an error, we leave the original automatic
    4467             :  * configuration file (PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME) intact.
    4468             :  */
    4469             : void
    4470         202 : AlterSystemSetConfigFile(AlterSystemStmt *altersysstmt)
    4471             : {
    4472             :     char       *name;
    4473             :     char       *value;
    4474         202 :     bool        resetall = false;
    4475         202 :     ConfigVariable *head = NULL;
    4476         202 :     ConfigVariable *tail = NULL;
    4477             :     volatile int Tmpfd;
    4478             :     char        AutoConfFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4479             :     char        AutoConfTmpFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4480             : 
    4481             :     /*
    4482             :      * Extract statement arguments
    4483             :      */
    4484         202 :     name = altersysstmt->setstmt->name;
    4485             : 
    4486         202 :     if (!AllowAlterSystem)
    4487           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4488             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4489             :                  errmsg("ALTER SYSTEM is not allowed in this environment")));
    4490             : 
    4491         202 :     switch (altersysstmt->setstmt->kind)
    4492             :     {
    4493         144 :         case VAR_SET_VALUE:
    4494         144 :             value = ExtractSetVariableArgs(altersysstmt->setstmt);
    4495         144 :             break;
    4496             : 
    4497          56 :         case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
    4498             :         case VAR_RESET:
    4499          56 :             value = NULL;
    4500          56 :             break;
    4501             : 
    4502           2 :         case VAR_RESET_ALL:
    4503           2 :             value = NULL;
    4504           2 :             resetall = true;
    4505           2 :             break;
    4506             : 
    4507           0 :         default:
    4508           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter system stmt type: %d",
    4509             :                  altersysstmt->setstmt->kind);
    4510             :             break;
    4511             :     }
    4512             : 
    4513             :     /*
    4514             :      * Check permission to run ALTER SYSTEM on the target variable
    4515             :      */
    4516         202 :     if (!superuser())
    4517             :     {
    4518          46 :         if (resetall)
    4519           2 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4520             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4521             :                      errmsg("permission denied to perform ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL")));
    4522             :         else
    4523             :         {
    4524             :             AclResult   aclresult;
    4525             : 
    4526          44 :             aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(),
    4527             :                                               ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM);
    4528          44 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    4529          26 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4530             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4531             :                          errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    4532             :                                 name)));
    4533             :         }
    4534             :     }
    4535             : 
    4536             :     /*
    4537             :      * Unless it's RESET_ALL, validate the target variable and value
    4538             :      */
    4539         174 :     if (!resetall)
    4540             :     {
    4541             :         struct config_generic *record;
    4542             : 
    4543             :         /* We don't want to create a placeholder if there's not one already */
    4544         174 :         record = find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5);
    4545         174 :         if (record != NULL)
    4546             :         {
    4547             :             /*
    4548             :              * Don't allow parameters that can't be set in configuration files
    4549             :              * to be set in PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file.
    4550             :              */
    4551         170 :             if ((record->context == PGC_INTERNAL) ||
    4552         166 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE) ||
    4553         158 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE))
    4554          12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4555             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4556             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    4557             :                                 name)));
    4558             : 
    4559             :             /*
    4560             :              * If a value is specified, verify that it's sane.
    4561             :              */
    4562         158 :             if (value)
    4563             :             {
    4564             :                 union config_var_val newval;
    4565         116 :                 void       *newextra = NULL;
    4566             : 
    4567         116 :                 if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4568             :                                               PGC_S_FILE, ERROR,
    4569             :                                               &newval, &newextra))
    4570           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    4571             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4572             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    4573             :                                     name, value)));
    4574             : 
    4575         108 :                 if (record->vartype == PGC_STRING && newval.stringval != NULL)
    4576          46 :                     guc_free(newval.stringval);
    4577         108 :                 guc_free(newextra);
    4578             :             }
    4579             :         }
    4580             :         else
    4581             :         {
    4582             :             /*
    4583             :              * Variable not known; check we'd be allowed to create it.  (We
    4584             :              * cannot validate the value, but that's fine.  A non-core GUC in
    4585             :              * the config file cannot cause postmaster start to fail, so we
    4586             :              * don't have to be too tense about possibly installing a bad
    4587             :              * value.)
    4588             :              *
    4589             :              * As an exception, we skip this check if this is a RESET command
    4590             :              * for an unknown custom GUC, else there'd be no way for users to
    4591             :              * remove such settings with reserved prefixes.
    4592             :              */
    4593           4 :             if (value || !valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    4594           2 :                 (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    4595             :         }
    4596             : 
    4597             :         /*
    4598             :          * We must also reject values containing newlines, because the grammar
    4599             :          * for config files doesn't support embedded newlines in string
    4600             :          * literals.
    4601             :          */
    4602         154 :         if (value && strchr(value, '\n'))
    4603           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4604             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4605             :                      errmsg("parameter value for ALTER SYSTEM must not contain a newline")));
    4606             :     }
    4607             : 
    4608             :     /*
    4609             :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME and its corresponding temporary file are always in
    4610             :      * the data directory, so we can reference them by simple relative paths.
    4611             :      */
    4612         154 :     snprintf(AutoConfFileName, sizeof(AutoConfFileName), "%s",
    4613             :              PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME);
    4614         154 :     snprintf(AutoConfTmpFileName, sizeof(AutoConfTmpFileName), "%s.%s",
    4615             :              AutoConfFileName,
    4616             :              "tmp");
    4617             : 
    4618             :     /*
    4619             :      * Only one backend is allowed to operate on PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME at a
    4620             :      * time.  Use AutoFileLock to ensure that.  We must hold the lock while
    4621             :      * reading the old file contents.
    4622             :      */
    4623         154 :     LWLockAcquire(AutoFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    4624             : 
    4625             :     /*
    4626             :      * If we're going to reset everything, then no need to open or parse the
    4627             :      * old file.  We'll just write out an empty list.
    4628             :      */
    4629         154 :     if (!resetall)
    4630             :     {
    4631             :         struct stat st;
    4632             : 
    4633         154 :         if (stat(AutoConfFileName, &st) == 0)
    4634             :         {
    4635             :             /* open old file PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME */
    4636             :             FILE       *infile;
    4637             : 
    4638         154 :             infile = AllocateFile(AutoConfFileName, "r");
    4639         154 :             if (infile == NULL)
    4640           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4641             :                         (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4642             :                          errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4643             :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4644             : 
    4645             :             /* parse it */
    4646         154 :             if (!ParseConfigFp(infile, AutoConfFileName, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH,
    4647             :                                LOG, &head, &tail))
    4648           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4649             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
    4650             :                          errmsg("could not parse contents of file \"%s\"",
    4651             :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4652             : 
    4653         154 :             FreeFile(infile);
    4654             :         }
    4655             : 
    4656             :         /*
    4657             :          * Now, replace any existing entry with the new value, or add it if
    4658             :          * not present.
    4659             :          */
    4660         154 :         replace_auto_config_value(&head, &tail, name, value);
    4661             :     }
    4662             : 
    4663             :     /*
    4664             :      * Invoke the post-alter hook for setting this GUC variable.  GUCs
    4665             :      * typically do not have corresponding entries in pg_parameter_acl, so we
    4666             :      * call the hook using the name rather than a potentially-non-existent
    4667             :      * OID.  Nonetheless, we pass ParameterAclRelationId so that this call
    4668             :      * context can be distinguished from others.  (Note that "name" will be
    4669             :      * NULL in the RESET ALL case.)
    4670             :      *
    4671             :      * We do this here rather than at the end, because ALTER SYSTEM is not
    4672             :      * transactional.  If the hook aborts our transaction, it will be cleaner
    4673             :      * to do so before we touch any files.
    4674             :      */
    4675         154 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArgStr(ParameterAclRelationId, name,
    4676             :                                     ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM,
    4677             :                                     altersysstmt->setstmt->kind,
    4678             :                                     false);
    4679             : 
    4680             :     /*
    4681             :      * To ensure crash safety, first write the new file data to a temp file,
    4682             :      * then atomically rename it into place.
    4683             :      *
    4684             :      * If there is a temp file left over due to a previous crash, it's okay to
    4685             :      * truncate and reuse it.
    4686             :      */
    4687         154 :     Tmpfd = BasicOpenFile(AutoConfTmpFileName,
    4688             :                           O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC);
    4689         154 :     if (Tmpfd < 0)
    4690           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4691             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4692             :                  errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4693             :                         AutoConfTmpFileName)));
    4694             : 
    4695             :     /*
    4696             :      * Use a TRY block to clean up the file if we fail.  Since we need a TRY
    4697             :      * block anyway, OK to use BasicOpenFile rather than OpenTransientFile.
    4698             :      */
    4699         154 :     PG_TRY();
    4700             :     {
    4701             :         /* Write and sync the new contents to the temporary file */
    4702         154 :         write_auto_conf_file(Tmpfd, AutoConfTmpFileName, head);
    4703             : 
    4704             :         /* Close before renaming; may be required on some platforms */
    4705         154 :         close(Tmpfd);
    4706         154 :         Tmpfd = -1;
    4707             : 
    4708             :         /*
    4709             :          * As the rename is atomic operation, if any problem occurs after this
    4710             :          * at worst it can lose the parameters set by last ALTER SYSTEM
    4711             :          * command.
    4712             :          */
    4713         154 :         durable_rename(AutoConfTmpFileName, AutoConfFileName, ERROR);
    4714             :     }
    4715           0 :     PG_CATCH();
    4716             :     {
    4717             :         /* Close file first, else unlink might fail on some platforms */
    4718           0 :         if (Tmpfd >= 0)
    4719           0 :             close(Tmpfd);
    4720             : 
    4721             :         /* Unlink, but ignore any error */
    4722           0 :         (void) unlink(AutoConfTmpFileName);
    4723             : 
    4724           0 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    4725             :     }
    4726         154 :     PG_END_TRY();
    4727             : 
    4728         154 :     FreeConfigVariables(head);
    4729             : 
    4730         154 :     LWLockRelease(AutoFileLock);
    4731         154 : }
    4732             : 
    4733             : 
    4734             : /*
    4735             :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: allocate the
    4736             :  * new variable's config struct and fill in generic fields.
    4737             :  */
    4738             : static struct config_generic *
    4739       18778 : init_custom_variable(const char *name,
    4740             :                      const char *short_desc,
    4741             :                      const char *long_desc,
    4742             :                      GucContext context,
    4743             :                      int flags,
    4744             :                      enum config_type type)
    4745             : {
    4746             :     struct config_generic *gen;
    4747             : 
    4748             :     /*
    4749             :      * Only allow custom PGC_POSTMASTER variables to be created during shared
    4750             :      * library preload; any later than that, we can't ensure that the value
    4751             :      * doesn't change after startup.  This is a fatal elog if it happens; just
    4752             :      * erroring out isn't safe because we don't know what the calling loadable
    4753             :      * module might already have hooked into.
    4754             :      */
    4755       18778 :     if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    4756          32 :         !process_shared_preload_libraries_in_progress)
    4757           0 :         elog(FATAL, "cannot create PGC_POSTMASTER variables after startup");
    4758             : 
    4759             :     /*
    4760             :      * We can't support custom GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables, because the wrong
    4761             :      * things would happen if such a variable were set or pg_dump'd when the
    4762             :      * defining extension isn't loaded.  Again, treat this as fatal because
    4763             :      * the loadable module may be partly initialized already.
    4764             :      */
    4765       18778 :     if (flags & GUC_LIST_QUOTE)
    4766           0 :         elog(FATAL, "extensions cannot define GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables");
    4767             : 
    4768             :     /*
    4769             :      * Before pljava commit 398f3b876ed402bdaec8bc804f29e2be95c75139
    4770             :      * (2015-12-15), two of that module's PGC_USERSET variables facilitated
    4771             :      * trivial escalation to superuser privileges.  Restrict the variables to
    4772             :      * protect sites that have yet to upgrade pljava.
    4773             :      */
    4774       18778 :     if (context == PGC_USERSET &&
    4775       14436 :         (strcmp(name, "pljava.classpath") == 0 ||
    4776       14436 :          strcmp(name, "pljava.vmoptions") == 0))
    4777           0 :         context = PGC_SUSET;
    4778             : 
    4779             :     /* As above, an OOM here is FATAL */
    4780       18778 :     gen = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(FATAL, sizeof(struct config_generic));
    4781       18778 :     memset(gen, 0, sizeof(struct config_generic));
    4782             : 
    4783       18778 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(FATAL, name);
    4784       18778 :     gen->context = context;
    4785       18778 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    4786       18778 :     gen->short_desc = short_desc;
    4787       18778 :     gen->long_desc = long_desc;
    4788       18778 :     gen->flags = flags;
    4789       18778 :     gen->vartype = type;
    4790             : 
    4791       18778 :     return gen;
    4792             : }
    4793             : 
    4794             : /*
    4795             :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: insert the new
    4796             :  * variable into the GUC variable hash, replacing any placeholder.
    4797             :  */
    4798             : static void
    4799       18778 : define_custom_variable(struct config_generic *variable)
    4800             : {
    4801       18778 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4802             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    4803             :     struct config_generic *pHolder;
    4804             : 
    4805             :     /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    4806             :     Assert(check_GUC_init(variable));
    4807             : 
    4808             :     /*
    4809             :      * See if there's a placeholder by the same name.
    4810             :      */
    4811       18778 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    4812             :                                           &name,
    4813             :                                           HASH_FIND,
    4814             :                                           NULL);
    4815       18778 :     if (hentry == NULL)
    4816             :     {
    4817             :         /*
    4818             :          * No placeholder to replace, so we can just add it ... but first,
    4819             :          * make sure it's initialized to its default value.
    4820             :          */
    4821       18670 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4822       18670 :         add_guc_variable(variable, ERROR);
    4823       18670 :         return;
    4824             :     }
    4825             : 
    4826             :     /*
    4827             :      * This better be a placeholder
    4828             :      */
    4829         108 :     if ((hentry->gucvar->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0)
    4830           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4831             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    4832             :                  errmsg("attempt to redefine parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    4833             : 
    4834             :     Assert(hentry->gucvar->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    4835         108 :     pHolder = hentry->gucvar;
    4836             : 
    4837             :     /*
    4838             :      * First, set the variable to its default value.  We must do this even
    4839             :      * though we intend to immediately apply a new value, since it's possible
    4840             :      * that the new value is invalid.
    4841             :      */
    4842         108 :     InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4843             : 
    4844             :     /*
    4845             :      * Replace the placeholder in the hash table.  We aren't changing the name
    4846             :      * (at least up to case-folding), so the hash value is unchanged.
    4847             :      */
    4848         108 :     hentry->gucname = name;
    4849         108 :     hentry->gucvar = variable;
    4850             : 
    4851             :     /*
    4852             :      * Remove the placeholder from any lists it's in, too.
    4853             :      */
    4854         108 :     RemoveGUCFromLists(pHolder);
    4855             : 
    4856             :     /*
    4857             :      * Assign the string value(s) stored in the placeholder to the real
    4858             :      * variable.  Essentially, we need to duplicate all the active and stacked
    4859             :      * values, but with appropriate validation and datatype adjustment.
    4860             :      *
    4861             :      * If an assignment fails, we report a WARNING and keep going.  We don't
    4862             :      * want to throw ERROR for bad values, because it'd bollix the add-on
    4863             :      * module that's presumably halfway through getting loaded.  In such cases
    4864             :      * the default or previous state will become active instead.
    4865             :      */
    4866             : 
    4867             :     /* First, apply the reset value if any */
    4868         108 :     if (pHolder->_string.reset_val)
    4869         102 :         (void) set_config_option_ext(name, pHolder->_string.reset_val,
    4870             :                                      pHolder->reset_scontext,
    4871             :                                      pHolder->reset_source,
    4872             :                                      pHolder->reset_srole,
    4873             :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    4874             :     /* That should not have resulted in stacking anything */
    4875             :     Assert(variable->stack == NULL);
    4876             : 
    4877             :     /* Now, apply current and stacked values, in the order they were stacked */
    4878         108 :     reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, pHolder->stack,
    4879         108 :                            *(pHolder->_string.variable),
    4880             :                            pHolder->scontext, pHolder->source,
    4881             :                            pHolder->srole);
    4882             : 
    4883             :     /* Also copy over any saved source-location information */
    4884         108 :     if (pHolder->sourcefile)
    4885          86 :         set_config_sourcefile(name, pHolder->sourcefile,
    4886             :                               pHolder->sourceline);
    4887             : 
    4888             :     /* Now we can free the no-longer-referenced placeholder variable */
    4889         108 :     free_placeholder(pHolder);
    4890             : }
    4891             : 
    4892             : /*
    4893             :  * Recursive subroutine for define_custom_variable: reapply non-reset values
    4894             :  *
    4895             :  * We recurse so that the values are applied in the same order as originally.
    4896             :  * At each recursion level, apply the upper-level value (passed in) in the
    4897             :  * fashion implied by the stack entry.
    4898             :  */
    4899             : static void
    4900         108 : reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
    4901             :                        struct config_generic *pHolder,
    4902             :                        GucStack *stack,
    4903             :                        const char *curvalue,
    4904             :                        GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
    4905             :                        Oid cursrole)
    4906             : {
    4907         108 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4908         108 :     GucStack   *oldvarstack = variable->stack;
    4909             : 
    4910         108 :     if (stack != NULL)
    4911             :     {
    4912             :         /* First, recurse, so that stack items are processed bottom to top */
    4913           0 :         reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, stack->prev,
    4914           0 :                                stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4915             :                                stack->scontext, stack->source, stack->srole);
    4916             : 
    4917             :         /* See how to apply the passed-in value */
    4918           0 :         switch (stack->state)
    4919             :         {
    4920           0 :             case GUC_SAVE:
    4921           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4922             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4923             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true,
    4924             :                                              WARNING, false);
    4925           0 :                 break;
    4926             : 
    4927           0 :             case GUC_SET:
    4928           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4929             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4930             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    4931             :                                              WARNING, false);
    4932           0 :                 break;
    4933             : 
    4934           0 :             case GUC_LOCAL:
    4935           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4936             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4937             :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    4938             :                                              WARNING, false);
    4939           0 :                 break;
    4940             : 
    4941           0 :             case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    4942             :                 /* first, apply the masked value as SET */
    4943           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, stack->masked.val.stringval,
    4944             :                                              stack->masked_scontext,
    4945             :                                              PGC_S_SESSION,
    4946             :                                              stack->masked_srole,
    4947             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    4948             :                                              WARNING, false);
    4949             :                 /* then apply the current value as LOCAL */
    4950           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4951             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4952             :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    4953             :                                              WARNING, false);
    4954           0 :                 break;
    4955             :         }
    4956             : 
    4957             :         /* If we successfully made a stack entry, adjust its nest level */
    4958           0 :         if (variable->stack != oldvarstack)
    4959           0 :             variable->stack->nest_level = stack->nest_level;
    4960             :     }
    4961             :     else
    4962             :     {
    4963             :         /*
    4964             :          * We are at the end of the stack.  If the active/previous value is
    4965             :          * different from the reset value, it must represent a previously
    4966             :          * committed session value.  Apply it, and then drop the stack entry
    4967             :          * that set_config_option will have created under the impression that
    4968             :          * this is to be just a transactional assignment.  (We leak the stack
    4969             :          * entry.)
    4970             :          */
    4971         108 :         if (curvalue != pHolder->_string.reset_val ||
    4972         102 :             curscontext != pHolder->reset_scontext ||
    4973         102 :             cursource != pHolder->reset_source ||
    4974         102 :             cursrole != pHolder->reset_srole)
    4975             :         {
    4976           6 :             (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4977             :                                          curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4978             :                                          GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    4979           6 :             if (variable->stack != NULL)
    4980             :             {
    4981           4 :                 slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &variable->stack_link);
    4982           4 :                 variable->stack = NULL;
    4983             :             }
    4984             :         }
    4985             :     }
    4986         108 : }
    4987             : 
    4988             : /*
    4989             :  * Free up a no-longer-referenced placeholder GUC variable.
    4990             :  *
    4991             :  * This neglects any stack items, so it's possible for some memory to be
    4992             :  * leaked.  Since this can only happen once per session per variable, it
    4993             :  * doesn't seem worth spending much code on.
    4994             :  */
    4995             : static void
    4996         116 : free_placeholder(struct config_generic *pHolder)
    4997             : {
    4998             :     /* Placeholders are always STRING type, so free their values */
    4999             :     Assert(pHolder->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    5000         116 :     set_string_field(pHolder, pHolder->_string.variable, NULL);
    5001         116 :     set_string_field(pHolder, &pHolder->_string.reset_val, NULL);
    5002             : 
    5003         116 :     guc_free(unconstify(char *, pHolder->name));
    5004         116 :     guc_free(pHolder);
    5005         116 : }
    5006             : 
    5007             : /*
    5008             :  * Functions for extensions to call to define their custom GUC variables.
    5009             :  */
    5010             : void
    5011        7530 : DefineCustomBoolVariable(const char *name,
    5012             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5013             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5014             :                          bool *valueAddr,
    5015             :                          bool bootValue,
    5016             :                          GucContext context,
    5017             :                          int flags,
    5018             :                          GucBoolCheckHook check_hook,
    5019             :                          GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
    5020             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5021             : {
    5022             :     struct config_generic *var;
    5023             : 
    5024        7530 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_BOOL);
    5025        7530 :     var->_bool.variable = valueAddr;
    5026        7530 :     var->_bool.boot_val = bootValue;
    5027        7530 :     var->_bool.reset_val = bootValue;
    5028        7530 :     var->_bool.check_hook = check_hook;
    5029        7530 :     var->_bool.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5030        7530 :     var->_bool.show_hook = show_hook;
    5031        7530 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5032        7530 : }
    5033             : 
    5034             : void
    5035         100 : DefineCustomIntVariable(const char *name,
    5036             :                         const char *short_desc,
    5037             :                         const char *long_desc,
    5038             :                         int *valueAddr,
    5039             :                         int bootValue,
    5040             :                         int minValue,
    5041             :                         int maxValue,
    5042             :                         GucContext context,
    5043             :                         int flags,
    5044             :                         GucIntCheckHook check_hook,
    5045             :                         GucIntAssignHook assign_hook,
    5046             :                         GucShowHook show_hook)
    5047             : {
    5048             :     struct config_generic *var;
    5049             : 
    5050         100 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_INT);
    5051         100 :     var->_int.variable = valueAddr;
    5052         100 :     var->_int.boot_val = bootValue;
    5053         100 :     var->_int.reset_val = bootValue;
    5054         100 :     var->_int.min = minValue;
    5055         100 :     var->_int.max = maxValue;
    5056         100 :     var->_int.check_hook = check_hook;
    5057         100 :     var->_int.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5058         100 :     var->_int.show_hook = show_hook;
    5059         100 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5060         100 : }
    5061             : 
    5062             : void
    5063          46 : DefineCustomRealVariable(const char *name,
    5064             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5065             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5066             :                          double *valueAddr,
    5067             :                          double bootValue,
    5068             :                          double minValue,
    5069             :                          double maxValue,
    5070             :                          GucContext context,
    5071             :                          int flags,
    5072             :                          GucRealCheckHook check_hook,
    5073             :                          GucRealAssignHook assign_hook,
    5074             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5075             : {
    5076             :     struct config_generic *var;
    5077             : 
    5078          46 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_REAL);
    5079          46 :     var->_real.variable = valueAddr;
    5080          46 :     var->_real.boot_val = bootValue;
    5081          46 :     var->_real.reset_val = bootValue;
    5082          46 :     var->_real.min = minValue;
    5083          46 :     var->_real.max = maxValue;
    5084          46 :     var->_real.check_hook = check_hook;
    5085          46 :     var->_real.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5086          46 :     var->_real.show_hook = show_hook;
    5087          46 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5088          46 : }
    5089             : 
    5090             : void
    5091        7404 : DefineCustomStringVariable(const char *name,
    5092             :                            const char *short_desc,
    5093             :                            const char *long_desc,
    5094             :                            char **valueAddr,
    5095             :                            const char *bootValue,
    5096             :                            GucContext context,
    5097             :                            int flags,
    5098             :                            GucStringCheckHook check_hook,
    5099             :                            GucStringAssignHook assign_hook,
    5100             :                            GucShowHook show_hook)
    5101             : {
    5102             :     struct config_generic *var;
    5103             : 
    5104        7404 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_STRING);
    5105        7404 :     var->_string.variable = valueAddr;
    5106        7404 :     var->_string.boot_val = bootValue;
    5107        7404 :     var->_string.check_hook = check_hook;
    5108        7404 :     var->_string.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5109        7404 :     var->_string.show_hook = show_hook;
    5110        7404 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5111        7404 : }
    5112             : 
    5113             : void
    5114        3698 : DefineCustomEnumVariable(const char *name,
    5115             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5116             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5117             :                          int *valueAddr,
    5118             :                          int bootValue,
    5119             :                          const struct config_enum_entry *options,
    5120             :                          GucContext context,
    5121             :                          int flags,
    5122             :                          GucEnumCheckHook check_hook,
    5123             :                          GucEnumAssignHook assign_hook,
    5124             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5125             : {
    5126             :     struct config_generic *var;
    5127             : 
    5128        3698 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_ENUM);
    5129        3698 :     var->_enum.variable = valueAddr;
    5130        3698 :     var->_enum.boot_val = bootValue;
    5131        3698 :     var->_enum.reset_val = bootValue;
    5132        3698 :     var->_enum.options = options;
    5133        3698 :     var->_enum.check_hook = check_hook;
    5134        3698 :     var->_enum.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5135        3698 :     var->_enum.show_hook = show_hook;
    5136        3698 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5137        3698 : }
    5138             : 
    5139             : /*
    5140             :  * Mark the given GUC prefix as "reserved".
    5141             :  *
    5142             :  * This deletes any existing placeholders matching the prefix,
    5143             :  * and then prevents new ones from being created.
    5144             :  * Extensions should call this after they've defined all of their custom
    5145             :  * GUCs, to help catch misspelled config-file entries.
    5146             :  */
    5147             : void
    5148        3836 : MarkGUCPrefixReserved(const char *className)
    5149             : {
    5150        3836 :     int         classLen = strlen(className);
    5151             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    5152             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    5153             :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    5154             : 
    5155             :     /*
    5156             :      * Check for existing placeholders.  We must actually remove invalid
    5157             :      * placeholders, else future parallel worker startups will fail.
    5158             :      */
    5159        3836 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    5160     1604018 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    5161             :     {
    5162     1600182 :         struct config_generic *var = hentry->gucvar;
    5163             : 
    5164     1600182 :         if ((var->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) != 0 &&
    5165          26 :             strncmp(className, var->name, classLen) == 0 &&
    5166           8 :             var->name[classLen] == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    5167             :         {
    5168           8 :             ereport(WARNING,
    5169             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    5170             :                      errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\", removing it",
    5171             :                             var->name),
    5172             :                      errdetail("\"%s\" is now a reserved prefix.",
    5173             :                                className)));
    5174             :             /* Remove it from the hash table */
    5175           8 :             hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    5176           8 :                         &var->name,
    5177             :                         HASH_REMOVE,
    5178             :                         NULL);
    5179             :             /* Remove it from any lists it's in, too */
    5180           8 :             RemoveGUCFromLists(var);
    5181             :             /* And free it */
    5182           8 :             free_placeholder(var);
    5183             :         }
    5184             :     }
    5185             : 
    5186             :     /* And remember the name so we can prevent future mistakes. */
    5187        3836 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GUCMemoryContext);
    5188        3836 :     reserved_class_prefix = lappend(reserved_class_prefix, pstrdup(className));
    5189        3836 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    5190        3836 : }
    5191             : 
    5192             : 
    5193             : /*
    5194             :  * Return an array of modified GUC options to show in EXPLAIN.
    5195             :  *
    5196             :  * We only report options related to query planning (marked with GUC_EXPLAIN),
    5197             :  * with values different from their built-in defaults.
    5198             :  */
    5199             : struct config_generic **
    5200          12 : get_explain_guc_options(int *num)
    5201             : {
    5202             :     struct config_generic **result;
    5203             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5204             : 
    5205          12 :     *num = 0;
    5206             : 
    5207             :     /*
    5208             :      * While only a fraction of all the GUC variables are marked GUC_EXPLAIN,
    5209             :      * it doesn't seem worth dynamically resizing this array.
    5210             :      */
    5211          12 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    5212             : 
    5213             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5214         732 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5215             :     {
    5216         720 :         struct config_generic *conf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5217             :                                                       nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5218             :         bool        modified;
    5219             : 
    5220             :         /* return only parameters marked for inclusion in explain */
    5221         720 :         if (!(conf->flags & GUC_EXPLAIN))
    5222         696 :             continue;
    5223             : 
    5224             :         /* return only options visible to the current user */
    5225          24 :         if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(conf))
    5226           0 :             continue;
    5227             : 
    5228             :         /* return only options that are different from their boot values */
    5229          24 :         modified = false;
    5230             : 
    5231          24 :         switch (conf->vartype)
    5232             :         {
    5233          12 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    5234             :                 {
    5235          12 :                     struct config_bool *lconf = &conf->_bool;
    5236             : 
    5237          12 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5238             :                 }
    5239          12 :                 break;
    5240             : 
    5241           0 :             case PGC_INT:
    5242             :                 {
    5243           0 :                     struct config_int *lconf = &conf->_int;
    5244             : 
    5245           0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5246             :                 }
    5247           0 :                 break;
    5248             : 
    5249           0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    5250             :                 {
    5251           0 :                     struct config_real *lconf = &conf->_real;
    5252             : 
    5253           0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5254             :                 }
    5255           0 :                 break;
    5256             : 
    5257           0 :             case PGC_STRING:
    5258             :                 {
    5259           0 :                     struct config_string *lconf = &conf->_string;
    5260             : 
    5261           0 :                     if (lconf->boot_val == NULL &&
    5262           0 :                         *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5263           0 :                         modified = false;
    5264           0 :                     else if (lconf->boot_val == NULL ||
    5265           0 :                              *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5266           0 :                         modified = true;
    5267             :                     else
    5268           0 :                         modified = (strcmp(lconf->boot_val, *(lconf->variable)) != 0);
    5269             :                 }
    5270           0 :                 break;
    5271             : 
    5272          12 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    5273             :                 {
    5274          12 :                     struct config_enum *lconf = &conf->_enum;
    5275             : 
    5276          12 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5277             :                 }
    5278          12 :                 break;
    5279             : 
    5280           0 :             default:
    5281           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected GUC type: %d", conf->vartype);
    5282             :         }
    5283             : 
    5284          24 :         if (!modified)
    5285           0 :             continue;
    5286             : 
    5287             :         /* OK, report it */
    5288          24 :         result[*num] = conf;
    5289          24 :         *num = *num + 1;
    5290             :     }
    5291             : 
    5292          12 :     return result;
    5293             : }
    5294             : 
    5295             : /*
    5296             :  * Return GUC variable value by name; optionally return canonical form of
    5297             :  * name.  If the GUC is unset, then throw an error unless missing_ok is true,
    5298             :  * in which case return NULL.  Return value is palloc'd (but *varname isn't).
    5299             :  */
    5300             : char *
    5301       12468 : GetConfigOptionByName(const char *name, const char **varname, bool missing_ok)
    5302             : {
    5303             :     struct config_generic *record;
    5304             : 
    5305       12468 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    5306       12430 :     if (record == NULL)
    5307             :     {
    5308           6 :         if (varname)
    5309           0 :             *varname = NULL;
    5310           6 :         return NULL;
    5311             :     }
    5312             : 
    5313       12424 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    5314           2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    5315             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    5316             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    5317             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    5318             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    5319             : 
    5320       12422 :     if (varname)
    5321        2890 :         *varname = record->name;
    5322             : 
    5323       12422 :     return ShowGUCOption(record, true);
    5324             : }
    5325             : 
    5326             : /*
    5327             :  * ShowGUCOption: get string value of variable
    5328             :  *
    5329             :  * We express a numeric value in appropriate units if it has units and
    5330             :  * use_units is true; else you just get the raw number.
    5331             :  * The result string is palloc'd.
    5332             :  */
    5333             : char *
    5334     2094030 : ShowGUCOption(const struct config_generic *record, bool use_units)
    5335             : {
    5336             :     char        buffer[256];
    5337             :     const char *val;
    5338             : 
    5339     2094030 :     switch (record->vartype)
    5340             :     {
    5341      588748 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5342             :             {
    5343      588748 :                 const struct config_bool *conf = &record->_bool;
    5344             : 
    5345      588748 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5346       31264 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5347             :                 else
    5348      557484 :                     val = *conf->variable ? "on" : "off";
    5349             :             }
    5350      588748 :             break;
    5351             : 
    5352      540210 :         case PGC_INT:
    5353             :             {
    5354      540210 :                 const struct config_int *conf = &record->_int;
    5355             : 
    5356      540210 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5357       25134 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5358             :                 else
    5359             :                 {
    5360             :                     /*
    5361             :                      * Use int64 arithmetic to avoid overflows in units
    5362             :                      * conversion.
    5363             :                      */
    5364      515076 :                     int64       result = *conf->variable;
    5365             :                     const char *unit;
    5366             : 
    5367      515076 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5368         764 :                         convert_int_from_base_unit(result,
    5369         764 :                                                    record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5370             :                                                    &result, &unit);
    5371             :                     else
    5372      514312 :                         unit = "";
    5373             : 
    5374      515076 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), INT64_FORMAT "%s",
    5375             :                              result, unit);
    5376      515076 :                     val = buffer;
    5377             :                 }
    5378             :             }
    5379      540210 :             break;
    5380             : 
    5381       90808 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5382             :             {
    5383       90808 :                 const struct config_real *conf = &record->_real;
    5384             : 
    5385       90808 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5386           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5387             :                 else
    5388             :                 {
    5389       90808 :                     double      result = *conf->variable;
    5390             :                     const char *unit;
    5391             : 
    5392       90808 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5393         268 :                         convert_real_from_base_unit(result,
    5394         268 :                                                     record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5395             :                                                     &result, &unit);
    5396             :                     else
    5397       90540 :                         unit = "";
    5398             : 
    5399       90808 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g%s",
    5400             :                              result, unit);
    5401       90808 :                     val = buffer;
    5402             :                 }
    5403             :             }
    5404       90808 :             break;
    5405             : 
    5406      697330 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5407             :             {
    5408      697330 :                 const struct config_string *conf = &record->_string;
    5409             : 
    5410      697330 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5411       64316 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5412      633014 :                 else if (*conf->variable && **conf->variable)
    5413      483944 :                     val = *conf->variable;
    5414             :                 else
    5415      149070 :                     val = "";
    5416             :             }
    5417      697330 :             break;
    5418             : 
    5419      176934 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5420             :             {
    5421      176934 :                 const struct config_enum *conf = &record->_enum;
    5422             : 
    5423      176934 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5424           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5425             :                 else
    5426      176934 :                     val = config_enum_lookup_by_value(record, *conf->variable);
    5427             :             }
    5428      176934 :             break;
    5429             : 
    5430           0 :         default:
    5431             :             /* just to keep compiler quiet */
    5432           0 :             val = "???";
    5433           0 :             break;
    5434             :     }
    5435             : 
    5436     2094030 :     return pstrdup(val);
    5437             : }
    5438             : 
    5439             : 
    5440             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
    5441             : 
    5442             : /*
    5443             :  *  These routines dump out all non-default GUC options into a binary
    5444             :  *  file that is read by all exec'ed backends.  The format is:
    5445             :  *
    5446             :  *      variable name, string, null terminated
    5447             :  *      variable value, string, null terminated
    5448             :  *      variable sourcefile, string, null terminated (empty if none)
    5449             :  *      variable sourceline, integer
    5450             :  *      variable source, integer
    5451             :  *      variable scontext, integer
    5452             : *       variable srole, OID
    5453             :  */
    5454             : static void
    5455             : write_one_nondefault_variable(FILE *fp, struct config_generic *gconf)
    5456             : {
    5457             :     Assert(gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    5458             : 
    5459             :     fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->name);
    5460             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5461             : 
    5462             :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5463             :     {
    5464             :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5465             :             {
    5466             :                 struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    5467             : 
    5468             :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5469             :                     fprintf(fp, "true");
    5470             :                 else
    5471             :                     fprintf(fp, "false");
    5472             :             }
    5473             :             break;
    5474             : 
    5475             :         case PGC_INT:
    5476             :             {
    5477             :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    5478             : 
    5479             :                 fprintf(fp, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5480             :             }
    5481             :             break;
    5482             : 
    5483             :         case PGC_REAL:
    5484             :             {
    5485             :                 struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    5486             : 
    5487             :                 fprintf(fp, "%.17g", *conf->variable);
    5488             :             }
    5489             :             break;
    5490             : 
    5491             :         case PGC_STRING:
    5492             :             {
    5493             :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    5494             : 
    5495             :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5496             :                     fprintf(fp, "%s", *conf->variable);
    5497             :             }
    5498             :             break;
    5499             : 
    5500             :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5501             :             {
    5502             :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    5503             : 
    5504             :                 fprintf(fp, "%s",
    5505             :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(gconf, *conf->variable));
    5506             :             }
    5507             :             break;
    5508             :     }
    5509             : 
    5510             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5511             : 
    5512             :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5513             :         fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->sourcefile);
    5514             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5515             : 
    5516             :     fwrite(&gconf->sourceline, 1, sizeof(gconf->sourceline), fp);
    5517             :     fwrite(&gconf->source, 1, sizeof(gconf->source), fp);
    5518             :     fwrite(&gconf->scontext, 1, sizeof(gconf->scontext), fp);
    5519             :     fwrite(&gconf->srole, 1, sizeof(gconf->srole), fp);
    5520             : }
    5521             : 
    5522             : void
    5523             : write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context)
    5524             : {
    5525             :     int         elevel;
    5526             :     FILE       *fp;
    5527             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5528             : 
    5529             :     Assert(context == PGC_POSTMASTER || context == PGC_SIGHUP);
    5530             : 
    5531             :     elevel = (context == PGC_SIGHUP) ? LOG : ERROR;
    5532             : 
    5533             :     /*
    5534             :      * Open file
    5535             :      */
    5536             :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, "w");
    5537             :     if (!fp)
    5538             :     {
    5539             :         ereport(elevel,
    5540             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5541             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5542             :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5543             :         return;
    5544             :     }
    5545             : 
    5546             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5547             :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5548             :     {
    5549             :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5550             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5551             : 
    5552             :         write_one_nondefault_variable(fp, gconf);
    5553             :     }
    5554             : 
    5555             :     if (FreeFile(fp))
    5556             :     {
    5557             :         ereport(elevel,
    5558             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5559             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5560             :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5561             :         return;
    5562             :     }
    5563             : 
    5564             :     /*
    5565             :      * Put new file in place.  This could delay on Win32, but we don't hold
    5566             :      * any exclusive locks.
    5567             :      */
    5568             :     rename(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS);
    5569             : }
    5570             : 
    5571             : 
    5572             : /*
    5573             :  *  Read string, including null byte from file
    5574             :  *
    5575             :  *  Return NULL on EOF and nothing read
    5576             :  */
    5577             : static char *
    5578             : read_string_with_null(FILE *fp)
    5579             : {
    5580             :     int         i = 0,
    5581             :                 ch,
    5582             :                 maxlen = 256;
    5583             :     char       *str = NULL;
    5584             : 
    5585             :     do
    5586             :     {
    5587             :         if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF)
    5588             :         {
    5589             :             if (i == 0)
    5590             :                 return NULL;
    5591             :             else
    5592             :                 elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5593             :         }
    5594             :         if (i == 0)
    5595             :             str = guc_malloc(FATAL, maxlen);
    5596             :         else if (i == maxlen)
    5597             :             str = guc_realloc(FATAL, str, maxlen *= 2);
    5598             :         str[i++] = ch;
    5599             :     } while (ch != 0);
    5600             : 
    5601             :     return str;
    5602             : }
    5603             : 
    5604             : 
    5605             : /*
    5606             :  *  This routine loads a previous postmaster dump of its non-default
    5607             :  *  settings.
    5608             :  */
    5609             : void
    5610             : read_nondefault_variables(void)
    5611             : {
    5612             :     FILE       *fp;
    5613             :     char       *varname,
    5614             :                *varvalue,
    5615             :                *varsourcefile;
    5616             :     int         varsourceline;
    5617             :     GucSource   varsource;
    5618             :     GucContext  varscontext;
    5619             :     Oid         varsrole;
    5620             : 
    5621             :     /*
    5622             :      * Open file
    5623             :      */
    5624             :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS, "r");
    5625             :     if (!fp)
    5626             :     {
    5627             :         /* File not found is fine */
    5628             :         if (errno != ENOENT)
    5629             :             ereport(FATAL,
    5630             :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5631             :                      errmsg("could not read from file \"%s\": %m",
    5632             :                             CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS)));
    5633             :         return;
    5634             :     }
    5635             : 
    5636             :     for (;;)
    5637             :     {
    5638             :         if ((varname = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5639             :             break;
    5640             : 
    5641             :         if (find_option(varname, true, false, FATAL) == NULL)
    5642             :             elog(FATAL, "failed to locate variable \"%s\" in exec config params file", varname);
    5643             : 
    5644             :         if ((varvalue = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5645             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5646             :         if ((varsourcefile = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5647             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5648             :         if (fread(&varsourceline, 1, sizeof(varsourceline), fp) != sizeof(varsourceline))
    5649             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5650             :         if (fread(&varsource, 1, sizeof(varsource), fp) != sizeof(varsource))
    5651             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5652             :         if (fread(&varscontext, 1, sizeof(varscontext), fp) != sizeof(varscontext))
    5653             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5654             :         if (fread(&varsrole, 1, sizeof(varsrole), fp) != sizeof(varsrole))
    5655             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5656             : 
    5657             :         (void) set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    5658             :                                      varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    5659             :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, true);
    5660             :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    5661             :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    5662             : 
    5663             :         guc_free(varname);
    5664             :         guc_free(varvalue);
    5665             :         guc_free(varsourcefile);
    5666             :     }
    5667             : 
    5668             :     FreeFile(fp);
    5669             : }
    5670             : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
    5671             : 
    5672             : /*
    5673             :  * can_skip_gucvar:
    5674             :  * Decide whether SerializeGUCState can skip sending this GUC variable,
    5675             :  * or whether RestoreGUCState can skip resetting this GUC to default.
    5676             :  *
    5677             :  * It is somewhat magical and fragile that the same test works for both cases.
    5678             :  * Realize in particular that we are very likely selecting different sets of
    5679             :  * GUCs on the leader and worker sides!  Be sure you've understood the
    5680             :  * comments here and in RestoreGUCState thoroughly before changing this.
    5681             :  */
    5682             : static bool
    5683      272164 : can_skip_gucvar(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5684             : {
    5685             :     /*
    5686             :      * We can skip GUCs that are guaranteed to have the same values in leaders
    5687             :      * and workers.  (Note it is critical that the leader and worker have the
    5688             :      * same idea of which GUCs fall into this category.  It's okay to consider
    5689             :      * context and name for this purpose, since those are unchanging
    5690             :      * properties of a GUC.)
    5691             :      *
    5692             :      * PGC_POSTMASTER variables always have the same value in every child of a
    5693             :      * particular postmaster, so the worker will certainly have the right
    5694             :      * value already.  Likewise, PGC_INTERNAL variables are set by special
    5695             :      * mechanisms (if indeed they aren't compile-time constants).  So we may
    5696             :      * always skip these.
    5697             :      *
    5698             :      * For all other GUCs, we skip if the GUC has its compiled-in default
    5699             :      * value (i.e., source == PGC_S_DEFAULT).  On the leader side, this means
    5700             :      * we don't send GUCs that have their default values, which typically
    5701             :      * saves lots of work.  On the worker side, this means we don't need to
    5702             :      * reset the GUC to default because it already has that value.  See
    5703             :      * comments in RestoreGUCState for more info.
    5704             :      */
    5705      447404 :     return gconf->context == PGC_POSTMASTER ||
    5706      409100 :         gconf->context == PGC_INTERNAL ||
    5707      136936 :         gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    5708             : }
    5709             : 
    5710             : /*
    5711             :  * estimate_variable_size:
    5712             :  *      Compute space needed for dumping the given GUC variable.
    5713             :  *
    5714             :  * It's OK to overestimate, but not to underestimate.
    5715             :  */
    5716             : static Size
    5717       59778 : estimate_variable_size(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5718             : {
    5719             :     Size        size;
    5720       59778 :     Size        valsize = 0;
    5721             : 
    5722             :     /* Skippable GUCs consume zero space. */
    5723       59778 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5724       26854 :         return 0;
    5725             : 
    5726             :     /* Name, plus trailing zero byte. */
    5727       32924 :     size = strlen(gconf->name) + 1;
    5728             : 
    5729             :     /* Get the maximum display length of the GUC value. */
    5730       32924 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5731             :     {
    5732        6596 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5733             :             {
    5734        6596 :                 valsize = 5;    /* max(strlen('true'), strlen('false')) */
    5735             :             }
    5736        6596 :             break;
    5737             : 
    5738        6742 :         case PGC_INT:
    5739             :             {
    5740        6742 :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    5741             : 
    5742             :                 /*
    5743             :                  * Instead of getting the exact display length, use max
    5744             :                  * length.  Also reduce the max length for typical ranges of
    5745             :                  * small values.  Maximum value is 2147483647, i.e. 10 chars.
    5746             :                  * Include one byte for sign.
    5747             :                  */
    5748        6742 :                 if (abs(*conf->variable) < 1000)
    5749        5382 :                     valsize = 3 + 1;
    5750             :                 else
    5751        1360 :                     valsize = 10 + 1;
    5752             :             }
    5753        6742 :             break;
    5754             : 
    5755        1760 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5756             :             {
    5757             :                 /*
    5758             :                  * We are going to print it with %e with REALTYPE_PRECISION
    5759             :                  * fractional digits.  Account for sign, leading digit,
    5760             :                  * decimal point, and exponent with up to 3 digits.  E.g.
    5761             :                  * -3.99329042340000021e+110
    5762             :                  */
    5763        1760 :                 valsize = 1 + 1 + 1 + REALTYPE_PRECISION + 5;
    5764             :             }
    5765        1760 :             break;
    5766             : 
    5767       13852 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5768             :             {
    5769       13852 :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    5770             : 
    5771             :                 /*
    5772             :                  * If the value is NULL, we transmit it as an empty string.
    5773             :                  * Although this is not physically the same value, GUC
    5774             :                  * generally treats a NULL the same as empty string.
    5775             :                  */
    5776       13852 :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5777       13852 :                     valsize = strlen(*conf->variable);
    5778             :                 else
    5779           0 :                     valsize = 0;
    5780             :             }
    5781       13852 :             break;
    5782             : 
    5783        3974 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5784             :             {
    5785        3974 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    5786             : 
    5787        3974 :                 valsize = strlen(config_enum_lookup_by_value(gconf, *conf->variable));
    5788             :             }
    5789        3974 :             break;
    5790             :     }
    5791             : 
    5792             :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for value */
    5793       32924 :     size = add_size(size, valsize + 1);
    5794             : 
    5795       32924 :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5796       16456 :         size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->sourcefile));
    5797             : 
    5798             :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for sourcefile */
    5799       32924 :     size = add_size(size, 1);
    5800             : 
    5801             :     /* Include line whenever file is nonempty. */
    5802       32924 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5803       16456 :         size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5804             : 
    5805       32924 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->source));
    5806       32924 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5807       32924 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5808             : 
    5809       32924 :     return size;
    5810             : }
    5811             : 
    5812             : /*
    5813             :  * EstimateGUCStateSpace:
    5814             :  * Returns the size needed to store the GUC state for the current process
    5815             :  */
    5816             : Size
    5817         952 : EstimateGUCStateSpace(void)
    5818             : {
    5819             :     Size        size;
    5820             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5821             : 
    5822             :     /* Add space reqd for saving the data size of the guc state */
    5823         952 :     size = sizeof(Size);
    5824             : 
    5825             :     /*
    5826             :      * Add up the space needed for each GUC variable.
    5827             :      *
    5828             :      * We need only process non-default GUCs.
    5829             :      */
    5830       60730 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5831             :     {
    5832       59778 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5833             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5834             : 
    5835       59778 :         size = add_size(size, estimate_variable_size(gconf));
    5836             :     }
    5837             : 
    5838         952 :     return size;
    5839             : }
    5840             : 
    5841             : /*
    5842             :  * do_serialize:
    5843             :  * Copies the formatted string into the destination.  Moves ahead the
    5844             :  * destination pointer, and decrements the maxbytes by that many bytes. If
    5845             :  * maxbytes is not sufficient to copy the string, error out.
    5846             :  */
    5847             : static void
    5848       98772 : do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...)
    5849             : {
    5850             :     va_list     vargs;
    5851             :     int         n;
    5852             : 
    5853       98772 :     if (*maxbytes <= 0)
    5854           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5855             : 
    5856       98772 :     va_start(vargs, fmt);
    5857       98772 :     n = vsnprintf(*destptr, *maxbytes, fmt, vargs);
    5858       98772 :     va_end(vargs);
    5859             : 
    5860       98772 :     if (n < 0)
    5861             :     {
    5862             :         /* Shouldn't happen. Better show errno description. */
    5863           0 :         elog(ERROR, "vsnprintf failed: %m with format string \"%s\"", fmt);
    5864             :     }
    5865       98772 :     if (n >= *maxbytes)
    5866             :     {
    5867             :         /* This shouldn't happen either, really. */
    5868           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5869             :     }
    5870             : 
    5871             :     /* Shift the destptr ahead of the null terminator */
    5872       98772 :     *destptr += n + 1;
    5873       98772 :     *maxbytes -= n + 1;
    5874       98772 : }
    5875             : 
    5876             : /* Binary copy version of do_serialize() */
    5877             : static void
    5878      115228 : do_serialize_binary(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, void *val, Size valsize)
    5879             : {
    5880      115228 :     if (valsize > *maxbytes)
    5881           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5882             : 
    5883      115228 :     memcpy(*destptr, val, valsize);
    5884      115228 :     *destptr += valsize;
    5885      115228 :     *maxbytes -= valsize;
    5886      115228 : }
    5887             : 
    5888             : /*
    5889             :  * serialize_variable:
    5890             :  * Dumps name, value and other information of a GUC variable into destptr.
    5891             :  */
    5892             : static void
    5893       59778 : serialize_variable(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
    5894             :                    struct config_generic *gconf)
    5895             : {
    5896             :     /* Ignore skippable GUCs. */
    5897       59778 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5898       26854 :         return;
    5899             : 
    5900       32924 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", gconf->name);
    5901             : 
    5902       32924 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5903             :     {
    5904        6596 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5905             :             {
    5906        6596 :                 struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    5907             : 
    5908        6596 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes,
    5909        6596 :                              (*conf->variable ? "true" : "false"));
    5910             :             }
    5911        6596 :             break;
    5912             : 
    5913        6742 :         case PGC_INT:
    5914             :             {
    5915        6742 :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    5916             : 
    5917        6742 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5918             :             }
    5919        6742 :             break;
    5920             : 
    5921        1760 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5922             :             {
    5923        1760 :                 struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    5924             : 
    5925        1760 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%.*e",
    5926        1760 :                              REALTYPE_PRECISION, *conf->variable);
    5927             :             }
    5928        1760 :             break;
    5929             : 
    5930       13852 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5931             :             {
    5932       13852 :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    5933             : 
    5934             :                 /* NULL becomes empty string, see estimate_variable_size() */
    5935       13852 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5936       13852 :                              *conf->variable ? *conf->variable : "");
    5937             :             }
    5938       13852 :             break;
    5939             : 
    5940        3974 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5941             :             {
    5942        3974 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    5943             : 
    5944        3974 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5945        3974 :                              config_enum_lookup_by_value(gconf, *conf->variable));
    5946             :             }
    5947        3974 :             break;
    5948             :     }
    5949             : 
    5950       32924 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5951       32924 :                  (gconf->sourcefile ? gconf->sourcefile : ""));
    5952             : 
    5953       32924 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5954       16456 :         do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->sourceline,
    5955             :                             sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5956             : 
    5957       32924 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->source,
    5958             :                         sizeof(gconf->source));
    5959       32924 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->scontext,
    5960             :                         sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5961       32924 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->srole,
    5962             :                         sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5963             : }
    5964             : 
    5965             : /*
    5966             :  * SerializeGUCState:
    5967             :  * Dumps the complete GUC state onto the memory location at start_address.
    5968             :  */
    5969             : void
    5970         952 : SerializeGUCState(Size maxsize, char *start_address)
    5971             : {
    5972             :     char       *curptr;
    5973             :     Size        actual_size;
    5974             :     Size        bytes_left;
    5975             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5976             : 
    5977             :     /* Reserve space for saving the actual size of the guc state */
    5978             :     Assert(maxsize > sizeof(actual_size));
    5979         952 :     curptr = start_address + sizeof(actual_size);
    5980         952 :     bytes_left = maxsize - sizeof(actual_size);
    5981             : 
    5982             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5983       60730 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5984             :     {
    5985       59778 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5986             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5987             : 
    5988       59778 :         serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, gconf);
    5989             :     }
    5990             : 
    5991             :     /* Store actual size without assuming alignment of start_address. */
    5992         952 :     actual_size = maxsize - bytes_left - sizeof(actual_size);
    5993         952 :     memcpy(start_address, &actual_size, sizeof(actual_size));
    5994         952 : }
    5995             : 
    5996             : /*
    5997             :  * read_gucstate:
    5998             :  * Actually it does not read anything, just returns the srcptr. But it does
    5999             :  * move the srcptr past the terminating zero byte, so that the caller is ready
    6000             :  * to read the next string.
    6001             :  */
    6002             : static char *
    6003      311520 : read_gucstate(char **srcptr, char *srcend)
    6004             : {
    6005      311520 :     char       *retptr = *srcptr;
    6006             :     char       *ptr;
    6007             : 
    6008      311520 :     if (*srcptr >= srcend)
    6009           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6010             : 
    6011             :     /* The string variables are all null terminated */
    6012     7701308 :     for (ptr = *srcptr; ptr < srcend && *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    6013             :         ;
    6014             : 
    6015      311520 :     if (ptr >= srcend)
    6016           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find null terminator in GUC state");
    6017             : 
    6018             :     /* Set the new position to the byte following the terminating NUL */
    6019      311520 :     *srcptr = ptr + 1;
    6020             : 
    6021      311520 :     return retptr;
    6022             : }
    6023             : 
    6024             : /* Binary read version of read_gucstate(). Copies into dest */
    6025             : static void
    6026      361440 : read_gucstate_binary(char **srcptr, char *srcend, void *dest, Size size)
    6027             : {
    6028      361440 :     if (*srcptr + size > srcend)
    6029           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6030             : 
    6031      361440 :     memcpy(dest, *srcptr, size);
    6032      361440 :     *srcptr += size;
    6033      361440 : }
    6034             : 
    6035             : /*
    6036             :  * Callback used to add a context message when reporting errors that occur
    6037             :  * while trying to restore GUCs in parallel workers.
    6038             :  */
    6039             : static void
    6040           0 : guc_restore_error_context_callback(void *arg)
    6041             : {
    6042           0 :     char      **error_context_name_and_value = (char **) arg;
    6043             : 
    6044           0 :     if (error_context_name_and_value)
    6045           0 :         errcontext("while setting parameter \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
    6046             :                    error_context_name_and_value[0],
    6047           0 :                    error_context_name_and_value[1]);
    6048           0 : }
    6049             : 
    6050             : /*
    6051             :  * RestoreGUCState:
    6052             :  * Reads the GUC state at the specified address and sets this process's
    6053             :  * GUCs to match.
    6054             :  *
    6055             :  * Note that this provides the worker with only a very shallow view of the
    6056             :  * leader's GUC state: we'll know about the currently active values, but not
    6057             :  * about stacked or reset values.  That's fine since the worker is just
    6058             :  * executing one part of a query, within which the active values won't change
    6059             :  * and the stacked values are invisible.
    6060             :  */
    6061             : void
    6062        2884 : RestoreGUCState(void *gucstate)
    6063             : {
    6064             :     char       *varname,
    6065             :                *varvalue,
    6066             :                *varsourcefile;
    6067             :     int         varsourceline;
    6068             :     GucSource   varsource;
    6069             :     GucContext  varscontext;
    6070             :     Oid         varsrole;
    6071        2884 :     char       *srcptr = (char *) gucstate;
    6072             :     char       *srcend;
    6073             :     Size        len;
    6074             :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    6075             :     ErrorContextCallback error_context_callback;
    6076             : 
    6077             :     /*
    6078             :      * First, ensure that all potentially-shippable GUCs are reset to their
    6079             :      * default values.  We must not touch those GUCs that the leader will
    6080             :      * never ship, while there is no need to touch those that are shippable
    6081             :      * but already have their default values.  Thus, this ends up being the
    6082             :      * same test that SerializeGUCState uses, even though the sets of
    6083             :      * variables involved may well be different since the leader's set of
    6084             :      * variables-not-at-default-values can differ from the set that are
    6085             :      * not-default in this freshly started worker.
    6086             :      *
    6087             :      * Once we have set all the potentially-shippable GUCs to default values,
    6088             :      * restoring the GUCs that the leader sent (because they had non-default
    6089             :      * values over there) leads us to exactly the set of GUC values that the
    6090             :      * leader has.  This is true even though the worker may have initially
    6091             :      * absorbed postgresql.conf settings that the leader hasn't yet seen, or
    6092             :      * ALTER USER/DATABASE SET settings that were established after the leader
    6093             :      * started.
    6094             :      *
    6095             :      * Note that ensuring all the potential target GUCs are at PGC_S_DEFAULT
    6096             :      * also ensures that set_config_option won't refuse to set them because of
    6097             :      * source-priority comparisons.
    6098             :      */
    6099      155492 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6100             :     {
    6101      152608 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6102             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6103             : 
    6104             :         /* Do nothing if non-shippable or if already at PGC_S_DEFAULT. */
    6105      152608 :         if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    6106       81520 :             continue;
    6107             : 
    6108             :         /*
    6109             :          * We can use InitializeOneGUCOption to reset the GUC to default, but
    6110             :          * first we must free any existing subsidiary data to avoid leaking
    6111             :          * memory.  The stack must be empty, but we have to clean up all other
    6112             :          * fields.  Beware that there might be duplicate value or "extra"
    6113             :          * pointers.  We also have to be sure to take it out of any lists it's
    6114             :          * in.
    6115             :          */
    6116             :         Assert(gconf->stack == NULL);
    6117       71088 :         guc_free(gconf->extra);
    6118       71088 :         guc_free(gconf->last_reported);
    6119       71088 :         guc_free(gconf->sourcefile);
    6120       71088 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    6121             :         {
    6122       38418 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    6123             :             case PGC_INT:
    6124             :             case PGC_REAL:
    6125             :             case PGC_ENUM:
    6126             :                 /* no need to do anything */
    6127       38418 :                 break;
    6128       32670 :             case PGC_STRING:
    6129             :                 {
    6130       32670 :                     struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    6131             : 
    6132       32670 :                     guc_free(*conf->variable);
    6133       32670 :                     if (conf->reset_val && conf->reset_val != *conf->variable)
    6134           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_val);
    6135       32670 :                     break;
    6136             :                 }
    6137             :         }
    6138       71088 :         if (gconf->reset_extra && gconf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6139           0 :             guc_free(gconf->reset_extra);
    6140             :         /* Remove it from any lists it's in. */
    6141       71088 :         RemoveGUCFromLists(gconf);
    6142             :         /* Now we can reset the struct to PGS_S_DEFAULT state. */
    6143       71088 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(gconf);
    6144             :     }
    6145             : 
    6146             :     /* First item is the length of the subsequent data */
    6147        2884 :     memcpy(&len, gucstate, sizeof(len));
    6148             : 
    6149        2884 :     srcptr += sizeof(len);
    6150        2884 :     srcend = srcptr + len;
    6151             : 
    6152             :     /* If the GUC value check fails, we want errors to show useful context. */
    6153        2884 :     error_context_callback.callback = guc_restore_error_context_callback;
    6154        2884 :     error_context_callback.previous = error_context_stack;
    6155        2884 :     error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6156        2884 :     error_context_stack = &error_context_callback;
    6157             : 
    6158             :     /* Restore all the listed GUCs. */
    6159      106724 :     while (srcptr < srcend)
    6160             :     {
    6161             :         int         result;
    6162             :         char       *error_context_name_and_value[2];
    6163             : 
    6164      103840 :         varname = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6165      103840 :         varvalue = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6166      103840 :         varsourcefile = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6167      103840 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6168       49920 :             read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6169             :                                  &varsourceline, sizeof(varsourceline));
    6170             :         else
    6171       53920 :             varsourceline = 0;
    6172      103840 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6173             :                              &varsource, sizeof(varsource));
    6174      103840 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6175             :                              &varscontext, sizeof(varscontext));
    6176      103840 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6177             :                              &varsrole, sizeof(varsrole));
    6178             : 
    6179      103840 :         error_context_name_and_value[0] = varname;
    6180      103840 :         error_context_name_and_value[1] = varvalue;
    6181      103840 :         error_context_callback.arg = &error_context_name_and_value[0];
    6182      103840 :         result = set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    6183             :                                        varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    6184             :                                        GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, true);
    6185      103840 :         if (result <= 0)
    6186           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    6187             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    6188             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" could not be set", varname)));
    6189      103840 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6190       49920 :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    6191      103840 :         error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6192             :     }
    6193             : 
    6194        2884 :     error_context_stack = error_context_callback.previous;
    6195        2884 : }
    6196             : 
    6197             : /*
    6198             :  * A little "long argument" simulation, although not quite GNU
    6199             :  * compliant. Takes a string of the form "some-option=some value" and
    6200             :  * returns name = "some_option" and value = "some value" in palloc'ed
    6201             :  * storage. Note that '-' is converted to '_' in the option name. If
    6202             :  * there is no '=' in the input string then value will be NULL.
    6203             :  */
    6204             : void
    6205       56742 : ParseLongOption(const char *string, char **name, char **value)
    6206             : {
    6207             :     size_t      equal_pos;
    6208             : 
    6209             :     Assert(string);
    6210             :     Assert(name);
    6211             :     Assert(value);
    6212             : 
    6213       56742 :     equal_pos = strcspn(string, "=");
    6214             : 
    6215       56742 :     if (string[equal_pos] == '=')
    6216             :     {
    6217       56740 :         *name = palloc(equal_pos + 1);
    6218       56740 :         strlcpy(*name, string, equal_pos + 1);
    6219             : 
    6220       56740 :         *value = pstrdup(&string[equal_pos + 1]);
    6221             :     }
    6222             :     else
    6223             :     {
    6224             :         /* no equal sign in string */
    6225           2 :         *name = pstrdup(string);
    6226           2 :         *value = NULL;
    6227             :     }
    6228             : 
    6229      795458 :     for (char *cp = *name; *cp; cp++)
    6230      738716 :         if (*cp == '-')
    6231        1716 :             *cp = '_';
    6232       56742 : }
    6233             : 
    6234             : 
    6235             : /*
    6236             :  * Transform array of GUC settings into lists of names and values. The lists
    6237             :  * are faster to process in cases where the settings must be applied
    6238             :  * repeatedly (e.g. for each function invocation).
    6239             :  */
    6240             : void
    6241        7260 : TransformGUCArray(ArrayType *array, List **names, List **values)
    6242             : {
    6243             :     Assert(array != NULL);
    6244             :     Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6245             :     Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6246             :     Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6247             : 
    6248        7260 :     *names = NIL;
    6249        7260 :     *values = NIL;
    6250       49736 :     for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6251             :     {
    6252             :         Datum       d;
    6253             :         bool        isnull;
    6254             :         char       *s;
    6255             :         char       *name;
    6256             :         char       *value;
    6257             : 
    6258       42476 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6259             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6260             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6261             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6262             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6263             :                       &isnull);
    6264             : 
    6265       42476 :         if (isnull)
    6266           0 :             continue;
    6267             : 
    6268       42476 :         s = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6269             : 
    6270       42476 :         ParseLongOption(s, &name, &value);
    6271       42476 :         if (!value)
    6272             :         {
    6273           0 :             ereport(WARNING,
    6274             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    6275             :                      errmsg("could not parse setting for parameter \"%s\"",
    6276             :                             name)));
    6277           0 :             pfree(name);
    6278           0 :             continue;
    6279             :         }
    6280             : 
    6281       42476 :         *names = lappend(*names, name);
    6282       42476 :         *values = lappend(*values, value);
    6283             : 
    6284       42476 :         pfree(s);
    6285             :     }
    6286        7260 : }
    6287             : 
    6288             : 
    6289             : /*
    6290             :  * Handle options fetched from pg_db_role_setting.setconfig,
    6291             :  * pg_proc.proconfig, etc.  Caller must specify proper context/source/action.
    6292             :  *
    6293             :  * The array parameter must be an array of TEXT (it must not be NULL).
    6294             :  */
    6295             : void
    6296        7128 : ProcessGUCArray(ArrayType *array,
    6297             :                 GucContext context, GucSource source, GucAction action)
    6298             : {
    6299             :     List       *gucNames;
    6300             :     List       *gucValues;
    6301             :     ListCell   *lc1;
    6302             :     ListCell   *lc2;
    6303             : 
    6304        7128 :     TransformGUCArray(array, &gucNames, &gucValues);
    6305       49460 :     forboth(lc1, gucNames, lc2, gucValues)
    6306             :     {
    6307       42344 :         char       *name = lfirst(lc1);
    6308       42344 :         char       *value = lfirst(lc2);
    6309             : 
    6310       42344 :         (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6311             :                                  context, source,
    6312             :                                  action, true, 0, false);
    6313             : 
    6314       42332 :         pfree(name);
    6315       42332 :         pfree(value);
    6316             :     }
    6317             : 
    6318        7116 :     list_free(gucNames);
    6319        7116 :     list_free(gucValues);
    6320        7116 : }
    6321             : 
    6322             : 
    6323             : /*
    6324             :  * Add an entry to an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6325             :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.
    6326             :  */
    6327             : ArrayType *
    6328        1440 : GUCArrayAdd(ArrayType *array, const char *name, const char *value)
    6329             : {
    6330             :     struct config_generic *record;
    6331             :     Datum       datum;
    6332             :     char       *newval;
    6333             :     ArrayType  *a;
    6334             : 
    6335             :     Assert(name);
    6336             :     Assert(value);
    6337             : 
    6338             :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6339        1440 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, value, false);
    6340             : 
    6341             :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6342        1436 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6343        1436 :     if (record)
    6344        1436 :         name = record->name;
    6345             : 
    6346             :     /* build new item for array */
    6347        1436 :     newval = psprintf("%s=%s", name, value);
    6348        1436 :     datum = CStringGetTextDatum(newval);
    6349             : 
    6350        1436 :     if (array)
    6351             :     {
    6352             :         int         index;
    6353             :         bool        isnull;
    6354             : 
    6355             :         Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6356             :         Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6357             :         Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6358             : 
    6359        1094 :         index = ARR_DIMS(array)[0] + 1; /* add after end */
    6360             : 
    6361        4344 :         for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6362             :         {
    6363             :             Datum       d;
    6364             :             char       *current;
    6365             : 
    6366        3264 :             d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6367             :                           -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6368             :                           -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6369             :                           false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6370             :                           TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6371             :                           &isnull);
    6372        3264 :             if (isnull)
    6373           0 :                 continue;
    6374        3264 :             current = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6375             : 
    6376             :             /* check for match up through and including '=' */
    6377        3264 :             if (strncmp(current, newval, strlen(name) + 1) == 0)
    6378             :             {
    6379          14 :                 index = i;
    6380          14 :                 break;
    6381             :             }
    6382             :         }
    6383             : 
    6384        1094 :         a = array_set(array, 1, &index,
    6385             :                       datum,
    6386             :                       false,
    6387             :                       -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6388             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6389             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6390             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6391             :     }
    6392             :     else
    6393         342 :         a = construct_array_builtin(&datum, 1, TEXTOID);
    6394             : 
    6395        1436 :     return a;
    6396             : }
    6397             : 
    6398             : 
    6399             : /*
    6400             :  * Delete an entry from an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6401             :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.  Also, if the return value
    6402             :  * is NULL then a null should be stored.
    6403             :  */
    6404             : ArrayType *
    6405          40 : GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, const char *name)
    6406             : {
    6407             :     struct config_generic *record;
    6408             :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6409             :     int         index;
    6410             : 
    6411             :     Assert(name);
    6412             : 
    6413             :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6414          40 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, NULL, false);
    6415             : 
    6416             :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6417          36 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6418          36 :     if (record)
    6419          30 :         name = record->name;
    6420             : 
    6421             :     /* if array is currently null, then surely nothing to delete */
    6422          36 :     if (!array)
    6423           4 :         return NULL;
    6424             : 
    6425          32 :     newarray = NULL;
    6426          32 :     index = 1;
    6427             : 
    6428         102 :     for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6429             :     {
    6430             :         Datum       d;
    6431             :         char       *val;
    6432             :         bool        isnull;
    6433             : 
    6434          70 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6435             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6436             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6437             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6438             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6439             :                       &isnull);
    6440          70 :         if (isnull)
    6441          32 :             continue;
    6442          70 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6443             : 
    6444             :         /* ignore entry if it's what we want to delete */
    6445          70 :         if (strncmp(val, name, strlen(name)) == 0
    6446          32 :             && val[strlen(name)] == '=')
    6447          32 :             continue;
    6448             : 
    6449             :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6450          38 :         if (newarray)
    6451          30 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6452             :                                  d,
    6453             :                                  false,
    6454             :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6455             :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6456             :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6457             :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6458             :         else
    6459           8 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6460             : 
    6461          38 :         index++;
    6462             :     }
    6463             : 
    6464          32 :     return newarray;
    6465             : }
    6466             : 
    6467             : 
    6468             : /*
    6469             :  * Given a GUC array, delete all settings from it that our permission
    6470             :  * level allows: if superuser, delete them all; if regular user, only
    6471             :  * those that are PGC_USERSET or we have permission to set
    6472             :  */
    6473             : ArrayType *
    6474           2 : GUCArrayReset(ArrayType *array)
    6475             : {
    6476             :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6477             :     int         index;
    6478             : 
    6479             :     /* if array is currently null, nothing to do */
    6480           2 :     if (!array)
    6481           0 :         return NULL;
    6482             : 
    6483             :     /* if we're superuser, we can delete everything, so just do it */
    6484           2 :     if (superuser())
    6485           0 :         return NULL;
    6486             : 
    6487           2 :     newarray = NULL;
    6488           2 :     index = 1;
    6489             : 
    6490           6 :     for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6491             :     {
    6492             :         Datum       d;
    6493             :         char       *val;
    6494             :         char       *eqsgn;
    6495             :         bool        isnull;
    6496             : 
    6497           4 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6498             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6499             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6500             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6501             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6502             :                       &isnull);
    6503           4 :         if (isnull)
    6504           2 :             continue;
    6505           4 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6506             : 
    6507           4 :         eqsgn = strchr(val, '=');
    6508           4 :         *eqsgn = '\0';
    6509             : 
    6510             :         /* skip if we have permission to delete it */
    6511           4 :         if (validate_option_array_item(val, NULL, true))
    6512           2 :             continue;
    6513             : 
    6514             :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6515           2 :         if (newarray)
    6516           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6517             :                                  d,
    6518             :                                  false,
    6519             :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6520             :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6521             :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6522             :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6523             :         else
    6524           2 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6525             : 
    6526           2 :         index++;
    6527           2 :         pfree(val);
    6528             :     }
    6529             : 
    6530           2 :     return newarray;
    6531             : }
    6532             : 
    6533             : /*
    6534             :  * Validate a proposed option setting for GUCArrayAdd/Delete/Reset.
    6535             :  *
    6536             :  * name is the option name.  value is the proposed value for the Add case,
    6537             :  * or NULL for the Delete/Reset cases.  If skipIfNoPermissions is true, it's
    6538             :  * not an error to have no permissions to set the option.
    6539             :  *
    6540             :  * Returns true if OK, false if skipIfNoPermissions is true and user does not
    6541             :  * have permission to change this option (all other error cases result in an
    6542             :  * error being thrown).
    6543             :  */
    6544             : static bool
    6545        1484 : validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
    6546             :                            bool skipIfNoPermissions)
    6547             : 
    6548             : {
    6549             :     struct config_generic *gconf;
    6550             :     bool        reset_custom;
    6551             : 
    6552             :     /*
    6553             :      * There are three cases to consider:
    6554             :      *
    6555             :      * name is a known GUC variable.  Check the value normally, check
    6556             :      * permissions normally (i.e., allow if variable is USERSET, or if it's
    6557             :      * SUSET and user is superuser or holds ACL_SET permissions).
    6558             :      *
    6559             :      * name is not known, but exists or can be created as a placeholder (i.e.,
    6560             :      * it has a valid custom name).  We allow this case if you're a superuser,
    6561             :      * otherwise not.  Superusers are assumed to know what they're doing. We
    6562             :      * can't allow it for other users, because when the placeholder is
    6563             :      * resolved it might turn out to be a SUSET variable.  (With currently
    6564             :      * available infrastructure, we can actually handle such cases within the
    6565             :      * current session --- but once an entry is made in pg_db_role_setting,
    6566             :      * it's assumed to be fully validated.)
    6567             :      *
    6568             :      * name is not known and can't be created as a placeholder.  Throw error,
    6569             :      * unless skipIfNoPermissions or reset_custom is true.  If reset_custom is
    6570             :      * true, this is a RESET or RESET ALL operation for an unknown custom GUC
    6571             :      * with a reserved prefix, in which case we want to fall through to the
    6572             :      * placeholder case described in the preceding paragraph (else there'd be
    6573             :      * no way for users to remove them).  Otherwise, return false.
    6574             :      */
    6575        1484 :     reset_custom = (!value && valid_custom_variable_name(name));
    6576        1484 :     gconf = find_option(name, true, skipIfNoPermissions || reset_custom, ERROR);
    6577        1478 :     if (!gconf && !reset_custom)
    6578             :     {
    6579             :         /* not known, failed to make a placeholder */
    6580           0 :         return false;
    6581             :     }
    6582             : 
    6583        1478 :     if (!gconf || gconf->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER)
    6584             :     {
    6585             :         /*
    6586             :          * We cannot do any meaningful check on the value, so only permissions
    6587             :          * are useful to check.
    6588             :          */
    6589          12 :         if (superuser() ||
    6590           0 :             pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK)
    6591          12 :             return true;
    6592           0 :         if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6593           0 :             return false;
    6594           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6595             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    6596             :                  errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    6597             :     }
    6598             : 
    6599             :     /* manual permissions check so we can avoid an error being thrown */
    6600        1466 :     if (gconf->context == PGC_USERSET)
    6601             :          /* ok */ ;
    6602         440 :     else if (gconf->context == PGC_SUSET &&
    6603         232 :              (superuser() ||
    6604          12 :               pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK))
    6605             :          /* ok */ ;
    6606           4 :     else if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6607           2 :         return false;
    6608             :     /* if a permissions error should be thrown, let set_config_option do it */
    6609             : 
    6610             :     /* test for permissions and valid option value */
    6611        1464 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6612        1464 :                              superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET,
    6613             :                              PGC_S_TEST, GUC_ACTION_SET, false, 0, false);
    6614             : 
    6615        1462 :     return true;
    6616             : }
    6617             : 
    6618             : 
    6619             : /*
    6620             :  * Called by check_hooks that want to override the normal
    6621             :  * ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE SQLSTATE for check hook failures.
    6622             :  *
    6623             :  * Note that GUC_check_errmsg() etc are just macros that result in a direct
    6624             :  * assignment to the associated variables.  That is ugly, but forced by the
    6625             :  * limitations of C's macro mechanisms.
    6626             :  */
    6627             : void
    6628          42 : GUC_check_errcode(int sqlerrcode)
    6629             : {
    6630          42 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = sqlerrcode;
    6631          42 : }
    6632             : 
    6633             : 
    6634             : /*
    6635             :  * Convenience functions to manage calling a variable's check_hook.
    6636             :  * These mostly take care of the protocol for letting check hooks supply
    6637             :  * portions of the error report on failure.
    6638             :  */
    6639             : 
    6640             : static bool
    6641      458036 : call_bool_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, bool *newval, void **extra,
    6642             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6643             : {
    6644             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6645      458036 :     if (!conf->_bool.check_hook)
    6646      419694 :         return true;
    6647             : 
    6648             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6649       38342 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6650       38342 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6651       38342 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6652       38342 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6653             : 
    6654       38342 :     if (!conf->_bool.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6655             :     {
    6656          24 :         ereport(elevel,
    6657             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6658             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6659             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6660             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6661             :                         conf->name, (int) *newval),
    6662             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6663             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6664             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6665             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6666             :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6667           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6668           0 :         return false;
    6669             :     }
    6670             : 
    6671       38318 :     return true;
    6672             : }
    6673             : 
    6674             : static bool
    6675      466282 : call_int_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6676             :                     GucSource source, int elevel)
    6677             : {
    6678             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6679      466282 :     if (!conf->_int.check_hook)
    6680      407070 :         return true;
    6681             : 
    6682             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6683       59212 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6684       59212 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6685       59212 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6686       59212 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6687             : 
    6688       59212 :     if (!conf->_int.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6689             :     {
    6690           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6691             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6692             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6693             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6694             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6695             :                         conf->name, *newval),
    6696             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6697             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6698             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6699             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6700             :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6701           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6702           0 :         return false;
    6703             :     }
    6704             : 
    6705       59212 :     return true;
    6706             : }
    6707             : 
    6708             : static bool
    6709       70152 : call_real_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, double *newval, void **extra,
    6710             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6711             : {
    6712             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6713       70152 :     if (!conf->_real.check_hook)
    6714       67870 :         return true;
    6715             : 
    6716             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6717        2282 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6718        2282 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6719        2282 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6720        2282 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6721             : 
    6722        2282 :     if (!conf->_real.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6723             :     {
    6724           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6725             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6726             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6727             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6728             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %g",
    6729             :                         conf->name, *newval),
    6730             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6731             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6732             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6733             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6734             :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6735           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6736           0 :         return false;
    6737             :     }
    6738             : 
    6739        2282 :     return true;
    6740             : }
    6741             : 
    6742             : static bool
    6743      890302 : call_string_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, char **newval, void **extra,
    6744             :                        GucSource source, int elevel)
    6745             : {
    6746      890302 :     volatile bool result = true;
    6747             : 
    6748             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6749      890302 :     if (!conf->_string.check_hook)
    6750      149888 :         return true;
    6751             : 
    6752             :     /*
    6753             :      * If elevel is ERROR, or if the check_hook itself throws an elog
    6754             :      * (undesirable, but not always avoidable), make sure we don't leak the
    6755             :      * already-malloc'd newval string.
    6756             :      */
    6757      740414 :     PG_TRY();
    6758             :     {
    6759             :         /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6760      740414 :         GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6761      740414 :         GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6762      740414 :         GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6763      740414 :         GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6764             : 
    6765      740414 :         if (!conf->_string.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6766             :         {
    6767          46 :             ereport(elevel,
    6768             :                     (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6769             :                      GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6770             :                      errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6771             :                      errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6772             :                             conf->name, *newval ? *newval : ""),
    6773             :                      GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6774             :                      errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6775             :                      GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6776             :                      errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6777             :             /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6778           6 :             FlushErrorState();
    6779           6 :             result = false;
    6780             :         }
    6781             :     }
    6782          46 :     PG_CATCH();
    6783             :     {
    6784          46 :         guc_free(*newval);
    6785          46 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    6786             :     }
    6787      740368 :     PG_END_TRY();
    6788             : 
    6789      740368 :     return result;
    6790             : }
    6791             : 
    6792             : static bool
    6793      179326 : call_enum_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6794             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6795             : {
    6796             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6797      179326 :     if (!conf->_enum.check_hook)
    6798      159728 :         return true;
    6799             : 
    6800             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6801       19598 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6802       19598 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6803       19598 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6804       19598 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6805             : 
    6806       19598 :     if (!conf->_enum.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6807             :     {
    6808           2 :         ereport(elevel,
    6809             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6810             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6811             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6812             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6813             :                         conf->name,
    6814             :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *newval)),
    6815             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6816             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6817             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6818             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6819             :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6820           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6821           0 :         return false;
    6822             :     }
    6823             : 
    6824       19596 :     return true;
    6825             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.16